[go: up one dir, main page]

CN107532681A - Transmission belt - Google Patents

Transmission belt Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN107532681A
CN107532681A CN201680023463.7A CN201680023463A CN107532681A CN 107532681 A CN107532681 A CN 107532681A CN 201680023463 A CN201680023463 A CN 201680023463A CN 107532681 A CN107532681 A CN 107532681A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
rubber
mass
cellulose
parts
belt
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN201680023463.7A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN107532681B (en
Inventor
小林正吾
中山铁平
土屋大树
奥野茂树
橘博之
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Original Assignee
Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015089615A external-priority patent/JP6529323B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015090123A external-priority patent/JP6527009B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015092256A external-priority patent/JP6529327B2/en
Application filed by Bando Chemical Industries Ltd filed Critical Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Publication of CN107532681A publication Critical patent/CN107532681A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN107532681B publication Critical patent/CN107532681B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16GBELTS, CABLES, OR ROPES, PREDOMINANTLY USED FOR DRIVING PURPOSES; CHAINS; FITTINGS PREDOMINANTLY USED THEREFOR
    • F16G1/00Driving-belts
    • F16G1/28Driving-belts with a contact surface of special shape, e.g. toothed

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides transmission belt that is a kind of while meeting required multiple characteristics.Transmission belt (B) is so as to the transmission belt of passing power on belt wheel.The transmission belt has the layer by being formed containing cellulose family superfine fibre and average diameter for the rubber composition of more than 1 μm of chopped fiber (16).

Description

传动带Transmission belt

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及传动带。The present invention relates to transmission belts.

背景技术Background technique

在构成传动带的橡胶层的橡胶组合物中配合短纤维。例如,在专利文献1中公开了至少使多楔带的压缩层由含有炭黑以及短纤维的橡胶组合物构成。Short fibers are blended into the rubber composition constituting the rubber layer of the transmission belt. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses that at least the compression layer of the V-belt is made of a rubber composition containing carbon black and short fibers.

现有技术文献prior art literature

专利文献patent documents

专利文献1:日本特开2014-167347号公报Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-167347

对于传动带,对耐磨损性、摩擦系数、抑制粘着磨损等各种特性存在要求。在构成带的橡胶组合物中配合炭黑以及短纤维来加强的情况下,如果通过调整配合量来满足某些特性,则存在使其他特性劣化的倾向。Transmission belts are required to have various characteristics such as wear resistance, coefficient of friction, and suppression of adhesive wear. When carbon black and short fibers are added to the rubber composition constituting the belt for reinforcement, if certain properties are satisfied by adjusting the compounding amount, other properties tend to be deteriorated.

发明内容Contents of the invention

因此,本发明的课题在于提供能够同时满足所要求的多种特性的传动带。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a power transmission belt capable of simultaneously satisfying various required properties.

本发明是卷绕在带轮上从而传递动力的传动带,具有由含有纤维素类超细纤维以及平均直径为1μm以上的短纤维的橡胶组合物构成的层。The present invention is a transmission belt wound on a pulley to transmit power, and has a layer composed of a rubber composition containing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers and short fibers having an average diameter of 1 μm or more.

根据本发明,由于具有由含有纤维素类超细纤维以及其他短纤维的橡胶组合物构成的层,因此,能够使传动带同时满足所要求的多种特性。According to the present invention, since it has a layer composed of a rubber composition containing cellulose-based microfibers and other short fibers, it is possible to make a power transmission belt satisfy various required properties at the same time.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是示意性表示实施方式1以及2示例的多楔带的立体图。FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing a V-ribbed belt as an example of Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图2是实施方式1以及2的多楔带的主要部分的剖视图。2 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of a V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图3是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第一说明图。FIG. 3 is a first explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图4是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第二说明图。FIG. 4 is a second explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图5是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第三说明图。FIG. 5 is a third explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图6是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第四说明图。FIG. 6 is a fourth explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图7是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第五说明图。FIG. 7 is a fifth explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图8是表示实施方式1以及2的多楔带的制造方法的第六说明图。FIG. 8 is a sixth explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt according to Embodiments 1 and 2. FIG.

图9是表示用于测量抗裂寿命的运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 9 is a diagram showing a pulley design of a running test machine for measuring crack life.

图10是表示高张力带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 10 is a drawing showing a pulley design of a high tension belt running tester.

图11是说明摩擦系数测量方法的图。Fig. 11 is a diagram illustrating a method of measuring the coefficient of friction.

图12是表示使用实施方式的多楔带的汽车辅机驱动带传动装置的带轮设计图。Fig. 12 is a diagram showing a pulley design of an automotive accessory drive belt transmission using the V-ribbed belt according to the embodiment.

图13是示意性表示实施方式3示例的平带的立体图。FIG. 13 is a perspective view schematically showing a flat belt as an example of Embodiment 3. FIG.

图14是表示实施方式3的平带的制造方法的第一说明图。Fig. 14 is a first explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the flat belt according to the third embodiment.

图15是表示实施方式3的平带的制造方法的第二说明图。FIG. 15 is a second explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the flat belt according to Embodiment 3. FIG.

图16是表示实施方式3的平带的制造方法的第三说明图。FIG. 16 is a third explanatory diagram showing a method of manufacturing the flat belt according to Embodiment 3. FIG.

图17是表示摩擦系数测量装置结构的图。Fig. 17 is a diagram showing the structure of a friction coefficient measuring device.

图18是表示用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 18 is a diagram showing a pulley design of a belt running tester used for evaluating wear resistance.

图19是表示用于评估耐弯曲疲劳性的带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 19 is a drawing showing a pulley design of a belt running test machine for evaluating bending fatigue resistance.

图20是表示用于评估摩擦、磨损特性的带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 20 is a drawing showing a pulley design of a belt running test machine for evaluating friction and wear characteristics.

图21是表示用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 21 is a diagram showing a pulley design of a belt running tester for evaluating wear resistance.

图22是示意性表示实施方式4示例的齿形带的立体图。FIG. 22 is a perspective view schematically showing a toothed belt example of Embodiment 4. FIG.

图23是用于制造实施方式4的齿形带的带成型模具的局部剖视图。Fig. 23 is a partial sectional view of a belt molding die for manufacturing the toothed belt according to the fourth embodiment.

图24是实施方式4的齿形带的制造方法的第一说明图。FIG. 24 is a first explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to Embodiment 4. FIG.

图25是实施方式4的齿形带的制造方法的第二说明图。FIG. 25 is a second explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to Embodiment 4. FIG.

图26是实施方式4的齿形带的制造方法的第三说明图。FIG. 26 is a third explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to Embodiment 4. FIG.

图27是实施方式5的齿形带的制造方法的第一说明图。FIG. 27 is a first explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to Embodiment 5. FIG.

图28是实施方式5的齿形带的制造方法的第二说明图。Fig. 28 is a second explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to the fifth embodiment.

图29是实施方式5的齿形带的制造方法的第三说明图。Fig. 29 is a third explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing the toothed belt according to the fifth embodiment.

图30是表示实施方式7中的齿部侧加强布与齿形带主体的界面构造的剖视图。Fig. 30 is a cross-sectional view showing the interface structure between the tooth portion side reinforcing fabric and the toothed belt main body in Embodiment 7.

图31是表示实施方式8中的齿部侧加强布与齿形带主体的界面构造的剖视图。Fig. 31 is a cross-sectional view showing the interface structure between the tooth portion side reinforcing fabric and the toothed belt main body in Embodiment 8.

图32是表示用于评估齿形带的齿部耐缺损性以及耐磨损性的带运转试验机的带轮设计图。Fig. 32 is a diagram showing a pulley design of a belt running test machine for evaluating the chipping resistance and wear resistance of the teeth of the toothed belt.

符号说明Symbol Description

10 多楔带主体10 V-belt body

11 压缩橡胶层11 Compression rubber layer

12 粘合橡胶层12 Adhesive rubber layer

13 背面橡胶层13 Back rubber layer

16 短纤维16 short fibers

120 平带主体120 flat belt body

121 内侧橡胶层121 Inner rubber layer

122 粘合橡胶层122 adhesive rubber layer

123 外侧橡胶层123 Outer rubber layer

126 短纤维126 staple fiber

310 齿形带主体310 toothed belt body

311a 基部311a base

311b 齿部311b teeth

312 芯线312 core wire

313 齿部侧加强布313 Tooth side reinforcement cloth

314 RFL粘合层314 RFL adhesive layer

315 橡胶糊粘合层315 rubber paste adhesive layer

具体实施方式detailed description

下面,参照附图,对本发明的实施方式进行说明。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

[实施方式1][Embodiment 1]

(多楔带B)(ribbed belt B)

图1以及2表示实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B。实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B例如是用于设置在汽车的发动机室内的辅机驱动带传动装置等的环形动力传递部件。对于实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B,例如,带长为700~3000mm,带宽为10~36mm,带厚为4.0~5.0mm。1 and 2 show the V-ribbed belt B according to the first embodiment. The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 1 is, for example, an endless power transmission member used in an auxiliary drive belt transmission or the like installed in an engine room of an automobile. The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 1 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.

实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B具备橡胶制的多楔带主体10,该多楔带主体10构成为下述三层构造:构成带内周侧的带轮接触部分的压缩橡胶层11、中间的粘合橡胶层12以及带外周侧的背面橡胶层13。在多楔带主体10的粘合橡胶层12的厚度方向上的中间部,以在带宽方向上形成具有螺距的螺旋的方式埋设有芯线14。此外,也可以取代背面橡胶层13而设置背面加强布,使多楔带主体10构成为压缩橡胶层11与粘合橡胶层12的双层。The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 1 includes a V-ribbed belt main body 10 made of rubber. An adhesive rubber layer 12 in the middle and a back rubber layer 13 on the outer peripheral side of the belt. A core wire 14 is embedded in a middle portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 12 of the V-ribbed belt main body 10 so as to form a helix having a pitch in the belt width direction. In addition, instead of the back rubber layer 13 , a back reinforcement cloth may be provided, and the V-belt main body 10 may be configured as a double layer of the compression rubber layer 11 and the adhesive rubber layer 12 .

压缩橡胶层11设置为多个V形肋16沿带的内周侧垂下。多个V形肋16分别形成为沿带长方向延伸的截面呈大致倒三角形的突条,并且设置为沿带宽方向排列。对于各V形肋16,例如,肋高为2.0~3.0mm,基端间的宽度为1.0~3.6mm。V形肋16的数量例如为3~6个(图1中为6个)。粘合橡胶层12构成为截面呈横长方形的带状,其厚度例如为1.0~2.5mm。背面橡胶层13也构成为截面呈横长方形的带状,厚度例如为0.4~0.8mm。从抑制背面驱动时产生声音的方面考虑,在背面橡胶层13的表面优选设置有织布图案。The compression rubber layer 11 is provided with a plurality of V-shaped ribs 16 hanging down along the inner peripheral side of the belt. The plurality of V-shaped ribs 16 are each formed as a protrusion extending in the belt length direction and has a substantially inverted triangular cross-section, and are arranged in a row along the belt length direction. For each V-shaped rib 16, for example, the rib height is 2.0 to 3.0 mm, and the width between base ends is 1.0 to 3.6 mm. The number of V-shaped ribs 16 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 1 ). The adhesive rubber layer 12 is formed in a strip shape with a horizontally rectangular cross section, and its thickness is, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm. The back rubber layer 13 is also formed in a strip shape with a horizontally rectangular cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of sound during back driving, it is preferable to provide a weave pattern on the surface of the back rubber layer 13 .

压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13由橡胶组合物形成,该橡胶组合物通过对在橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂并进行混炼的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物可以相同,也可以不同。The compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 are formed from a rubber composition obtained by heating and kneading an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding ingredients are mixed and kneaded. It is made by pressing and cross-linking with a cross-linking agent. The rubber compositions forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 may be the same or different.

作为用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如,可以列举乙烯-丙烯共聚物(EPR)、乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM)、乙烯-辛烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物等乙烯-α-烯烃弹性体、氯丁橡胶(CR)、氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶(CSM)、氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR)等。橡胶成分优选其中的一种或者两种以上的混合橡胶。优选用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分相同。As the rubber component of the rubber composition for forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13, for example, ethylene-propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer and other ethylene-α-olefin elastomers, neoprene rubber (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H- HBR) etc. The rubber component is preferably one of them or a mixture of two or more rubbers. Preferably, the rubber components of the rubber compositions used to form the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 are the same.

形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物中的至少一种含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。优选用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的所有橡胶组合物都含有纤维素类超细纤维,但是,更优选至少用于形成构成带轮接触部分的压缩橡胶层11的橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维。At least one of the rubber compositions forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all rubber compositions for forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 contain cellulose-based microfibers, but it is more preferable to form at least the compression rubber layer constituting the pulley contact portion. The rubber composition of No. 11 contains cellulose-based microfibers.

纤维素类超细纤维是来源于纤维素超细纤维的纤维材料,该纤维素超细纤维由将植物纤维细细拆解得到的植物细胞壁的骨架成分构成。作为纤维素类超细纤维的原料植物,例如,可以列举木材、竹子、稻子(稻草)、土豆、甘蔗(蔗渣)、水草、海藻等。其中优选木材。通过使形成表面橡胶层11a的多孔橡胶组合物包含这种纤维素类超细纤维,发现了较高的增强效果。Cellulosic ultrafine fibers are fiber materials derived from cellulose ultrafine fibers composed of a skeleton component of plant cell walls obtained by finely dismantling plant fibers. Examples of raw material plants for cellulose-based ultrafine fibers include wood, bamboo, rice (straw), potatoes, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, and seaweed. Among them, wood is preferable. By making the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 11a contain such cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, a high reinforcing effect was found.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是纤维素超细纤维自身,也可以是疏水化处理后的疏水化纤维素超细纤维。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,也可以同时使用纤维素超细纤维和疏水化纤维素超细纤维。从分散性方面考虑,纤维素类超细纤维优选包含疏水化纤维素超细纤维。作为疏水化纤维素超细纤维,可以列举将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维以及使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维。The cellulose ultrafine fiber may be cellulose ultrafine fiber itself, or may be hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fiber after hydrophobization treatment. In addition, as the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose ultrafine fibers and hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers may be used together. From the standpoint of dispersibility, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers include cellulose ultrafine fibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose ultrafine fibers subjected to a hydrophobizing surface treatment using a surface treatment agent.

作为用于得到将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维的疏水化,例如,可以列举酯化(酰化)(烷基酯化、复合酯化、β-酮酸酯化等)、烷基化、甲苯磺酰化、环氧化、芳基化等。其中,优选酯化。具体来讲,酯化的疏水化纤维素超细纤维可以是将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部通过乙酸、无水乙酸、丙酸、丁酸等羧酸或者其卤化物(特别是氯化物)进行酰化的纤维素超细纤维。作为用于得到使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维的表面处理剂,例如,可以列举硅烷偶联剂等。As hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose microfibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are replaced with hydrophobic groups, for example, esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β- Keto esterification, etc.), alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation, etc. Among them, esterification is preferable. Specifically, esterified hydrophobized cellulose superfine fibers can be obtained by passing part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose through carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, anhydrous acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, or their halides (especially chlorides). Acylated cellulose microfiber. As a surface treatment agent for obtaining the cellulose ultrafine fiber which surface-treated to hydrophobize using a surface treatment agent, a silane coupling agent etc. are mentioned, for example.

对于纤维素类超细纤维,从实现带的特性方面考虑,其纤维直径的分布下限优选10nm以下,更优选3nm以下。上限优选500nm以上,更优选700nm以上,进一步优选1μm以上。纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的分布范围优选包含20~500nm,更优选包含20~700mm,进一步优选包含20nm~1μm。The lower limit of the distribution of the fiber diameters of the cellulose ultrafine fibers is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 3 nm or less, from the viewpoint of realizing the characteristics of the tape. The upper limit is preferably 500 nm or more, more preferably 700 nm or more, and still more preferably 1 μm or more. The distribution range of the fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is preferably 20 to 500 nm, more preferably 20 to 700 mm, and still more preferably 20 nm to 1 μm.

纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径优选3nm以上且200nm以下,更优选3nm以上且100nm以下。The average fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is preferably not less than 3 nm and not more than 200 nm, more preferably not less than 3 nm and not more than 100 nm.

将构成带主体的橡胶组合物的样品冷冻粉碎后,使用透射型电子显微镜(TEM)观察其截面,并且任意选择50根纤维素类超细纤维测量纤维直径,基于该测量结果求出纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径分布。另外,求出该任意选择的50根纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的平均数作为纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径。After freezing and pulverizing a sample of the rubber composition with a main body, observe its cross-section using a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and randomly select 50 cellulose-based ultrafine fibers to measure the fiber diameter, and obtain the cellulose-based fiber diameter based on the measurement results. Fiber diameter distribution of microfibers. In addition, the average of the fiber diameters of the 50 arbitrarily selected cellulose-based ultrafine fibers was determined as the average fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是通过机械解纤方法制造的高纵横比的纤维素类超细纤维,也可以是通过化学解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维。其中,优选通过化学解纤方法制造。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,也可以同时使用通过机械解纤方法以及化学解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维。作为用于机械解纤方法的解纤装置,例如,可以列举双轴混炼机等混炼机、高压均质机、研磨机、砂磨机等。作为用于化学解纤方法的处理,例如,可以列举酸水解处理等。Cellulosic microfibers may be high-aspect-ratio cellulose microfibers produced by a mechanical defibration method, or may be cellulose microfibers produced by a chemical defibration method. Among them, it is preferable to manufacture by a chemical defibrating method. In addition, as the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose-based ultrafine fibers produced by a mechanical defibrating method and a chemical defibrating method may be used together. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used in the mechanical defibrating method include kneaders such as twin-screw kneaders, high-pressure homogenizers, grinders, sand mills, and the like. As the treatment used in the chemical defibrating method, for example, acid hydrolysis treatment and the like can be cited.

对于构成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12和/或背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物中的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从能够分别满足传动带的各种特性方面考虑,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选1质量份以上,更优选5质量份以上,进一步优选10质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选25质量份以下,进一步优选20质量份以下。For the content of the cellulose-based microfibers in the rubber composition that constitutes the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12 and/or the back rubber layer 13, from the aspects that can satisfy the various characteristics of the transmission belt respectively, relative to 100 mass Parts of the rubber component are preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, further preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, further preferably 20 parts by mass or less.

另外,作为橡胶配合剂,可以列举加强材料、油、加工助剂、硫化促进助剂、交联剂、助交联剂、硫化促进剂等。In addition, examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, auxiliary crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, and the like.

作为加强材料,在除了纤维素类超细纤维以外所用的短纤维中,例如,可以列举6-尼龙纤维、6,6-尼龙纤维、4,6-尼龙纤维、聚酯纤维(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN)纤维、对位类芳香族聚酰胺纤维、间位类芳香族聚酰胺纤维、聚酯纤维等,可以仅包含一种,也可以包含多种。例如,可以将实施了浸渍于RFL水溶液等后加热的粘合处理的长纤维切断为规定长度来制造短纤维。As a reinforcing material, among short fibers used other than cellulose microfibers, for example, 6-nylon fibers, 6,6-nylon fibers, 4,6-nylon fibers, polyester fibers (PET), polyester fibers, etc. Ethylene naphthalate (PEN) fibers, para-aramid fibers, meta-aramid fibers, polyester fibers, etc. may contain only one type or may contain multiple types. For example, short fibers can be produced by cutting long fibers that have been subjected to a bonding treatment of immersion in an RFL aqueous solution or the like and then heated to a predetermined length.

短纤维的直径优选1μm以上,更优选5μm以上,进一步优选10μm以上,另外,优选100μm以下,更优选70μm以下,进一步优选50μm以下。The diameter of the short fibers is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more, further preferably 10 μm or more, and preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 70 μm or less, and still more preferably 50 μm or less.

另外,对于短纤维的配合量,相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,优选5质量份以上,更优选10质量份以上,另外,优选50质量份以下,更优选40质量份以下。In addition, the blending amount of short fibers is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为加强材料,在炭黑中例如可以列举槽法炭黑、SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234等炉法炭黑、FT、MT等热碳黑、乙炔炭黑等。As a reinforcing material, in carbon black, for example, channel black, SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234 and other furnace blacks, FT , MT and other thermal carbon black, acetylene carbon black, etc.

在使用纤维素类超细纤维的情况下,并不是必须添加炭黑,但是,为了防静电等可以添加炭黑。在添加炭黑的情况下,相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,炭黑的配合量优选1质量份以上,更优选5质量份以上,另外,优选100质量份以下,更优选50质量份以下。In the case of using cellulose-based microfibers, carbon black is not necessarily added, but may be added for antistatic purposes or the like. When carbon black is added, the compounding amount of carbon black is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. Parts by mass or less.

作为油,例如,可以列举石油类软化剂、石蜡油等矿物油类油、蓖麻油、棉籽油、亚麻籽油、菜籽油、大豆油、棕榈油、椰子油、花生油、树腊、松香油、松油等植物油。油优选其中的一种或者两种以上。相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,油的含量例如可以是5~15质量份。Examples of the oil include petroleum softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin oil, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, tree wax, rosin oil , pine oil and other vegetable oils. The oil is preferably one or more of them. The content of the oil may be, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为硫化促进助剂,例如,可以列举氧化锌(锌白)、氧化镁等金属氧化物、金属碳酸盐、脂肪酸及其衍生物等。硫化促进助剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,硫化促进助剂的含量例如可以为5~15质量份。Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. The vulcanization accelerators are preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为交联剂,可以列举硫以及有机过氧化物。作为交联剂,可以配合硫,也可以配合有机过氧化物,也可以同时使用这两者。对于交联剂的配合量,在硫的情况下,相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.5~4.0质量份,在有机过氧化物的情况下,相对于100质量份的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.5~8.0质量份。Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be added, an organic peroxide may be added, or both may be used in combination. The compounding amount of the crosslinking agent may be, for example, 0.5 to 4.0 parts by mass for 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, or 0.5 to 4.0 parts by mass for 100 parts by mass of organic peroxides. The rubber component of the rubber composition can be, for example, 0.5 to 8.0 parts by mass.

作为有机过氧化物,例如,可以列举过氧化二异丙苯等二烷基过氧化物类、过氧化乙酸叔丁酯等过氧化酯类、二环己酮过氧化物等酮过氧化物类等。有机过氧化物可以配合一种,也可以配合多种。Examples of organic peroxides include dialkyl peroxides such as dicumyl peroxide, peroxyesters such as tert-butyl peroxyacetate, and ketone peroxides such as dicyclohexanone peroxide. Wait. One type of organic peroxide may be blended, or a plurality of types may be blended.

作为助交联剂,例如,可以列举马来酰亚胺类、TAIC、1,2-聚丁二烯、肟类、胍以及三羟甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯等。助交联剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,助交联剂含量例如可以是0.5~15质量份。Examples of the auxiliary crosslinking agent include maleimides, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine, and trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate. Auxiliary crosslinking agents are preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the auxiliary crosslinking agent may be, for example, 0.5 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13由实心的橡胶组合物形成,该实心的该橡胶组合物通过对在橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂并进行混炼的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。作为用于构成粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,可以列举与压缩橡胶层11同样的橡胶成分,也可是相同的橡胶成分。作为橡胶配合剂,可以与压缩橡胶层11同样,列举加强材料、油、加工助剂、硫化促进助剂、交联剂、助交联剂、硫化促进剂等。另外,用于构成粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物可以与压缩橡胶层11同样包含纤维素类超细纤维以及短纤维。The adhesive rubber layer 12 and the back rubber layer 13 are formed of a solid rubber composition obtained by heating and kneading an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding ingredients are mixed with the rubber component. It is made by pressing and cross-linking with a cross-linking agent. Examples of the rubber component used in the rubber composition constituting the adhesive rubber layer 12 and the back rubber layer 13 include the same rubber components as those in the compression rubber layer 11 , and may be the same rubber components. Examples of the rubber compounding agent include reinforcing materials, oils, processing aids, vulcanization accelerators, crosslinking agents, auxiliary crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, etc., similarly to the compression rubber layer 11 . In addition, the rubber composition for constituting the adhesive rubber layer 12 and the back rubber layer 13 may contain cellulose-based microfibers and short fibers similarly to the compression rubber layer 11 .

由聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)纤维、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN)纤维、对位类芳香族聚酰胺纤维、维尼纶纤维等捻线、编绳等线材构成芯线14。对于芯线14,为了实现对多楔带主体10的粘合性,在成型前实施浸渍于RFL水溶液后加热的粘合处理和/或浸渍于橡胶糊后干燥的粘合处理。此外,对于芯线14,在利用RFL水溶液和/或橡胶糊进行粘合处理前,可以根据需要,进行浸渍于由环氧树脂、聚异氰酸酯树脂等溶液构成的粘合剂溶液后加热的粘合处理。芯线14的直径例如可以是0.5~2.5mm,截面中的彼此相邻的芯线14中心间的尺寸例如可以为0.05~0.20mm。The core is composed of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fiber, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) fiber, para-aramid fiber, vinylon fiber, etc. twisted yarn, braided rope, etc. Line 14. The core wire 14 is subjected to an adhesion treatment of immersion in an RFL aqueous solution and heating and/or an adhesion treatment of immersion in a rubber paste and drying in order to achieve adhesion to the V-belt main body 10 before molding. In addition, the core wire 14 may be dipped in an adhesive solution composed of a solution such as epoxy resin, polyisocyanate resin, etc., and then heated if necessary, before the bonding treatment with the RFL aqueous solution and/or rubber paste. deal with. The diameter of the core wire 14 may be, for example, 0.5-2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 14 in the cross section may be, for example, 0.05-0.20 mm.

(多楔带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of V-belt B)

基于图3~图8,对实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B的制造方法进行说明。Based on FIGS. 3-8, the manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B which concerns on Embodiment 1 is demonstrated.

图3以及图4表示用于制造实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B的带成型模具30。3 and 4 show a belt molding die 30 for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the first embodiment.

该带成型模具30具备设置为同心状的分别呈圆筒状的内模31以及外模32。The belt molding die 30 includes a cylindrical inner die 31 and an outer die 32 that are concentrically arranged.

内模31由橡胶等可挠性材料形成。外模32由金属等刚性材料形成。外模32的内周面构成为成型面,在该外模32的内周面,沿轴向以固定螺距设置有与V形肋16的形状相同的V形肋形成槽33。在外模32上设置有使水蒸汽等热介质、水等冷介质流通进行调温的调温机构。另外,设置有用于使内模31从内部加压膨胀的加压部件。The inner mold 31 is formed of a flexible material such as rubber. The outer mold 32 is formed of a rigid material such as metal. The inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 32 constitutes a molding surface, and V-shaped rib forming grooves 33 having the same shape as the V-shaped rib 16 are provided at a constant pitch in the axial direction on the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 32 . The outer mold 32 is provided with a temperature adjustment mechanism that circulates a heat medium such as water vapor and a cold medium such as water to adjust the temperature. In addition, a pressurizing member for pressurizing and expanding the inner mold 31 from the inside is provided.

实施方式1所涉及的多楔带B的制造方法具有材料准备工序、成型工序,交联工序以及最终加工工序。The method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 1 includes a material preparation step, a molding step, a crosslinking step, and a final processing step.

<材料准备工序><Material preparation process>

-用于压缩橡胶层、粘合橡胶层以及背面橡胶层的未交联橡胶片11’、12’、13’--Uncrosslinked rubber sheets 11', 12', 13' for compression rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer and back rubber layer-

通过下述方式,对用于压缩橡胶层、粘合橡胶层以及背面橡胶层的未交联橡胶片11’、12’、13’进行含有纤维素类超细纤维的制作处理。The non-crosslinked rubber sheets 11', 12', 13' used for the compression rubber layer, the adhesive rubber layer, and the back rubber layer were prepared to contain cellulose-based microfibers in the following manner.

首先,向塑炼的橡胶成分中投入纤维素类超细纤维进行混炼,使其分散。First, cellulose-based microfibers are put into the masticated rubber component, kneaded, and dispersed.

其中,作为橡胶成分的纤维素类超细纤维的分散方法,例如,可以列举下述方法:将使纤维素类超细纤维分散到水中的分散体(凝胶)投入到通过开炼机塑炼的橡胶成分中,在将它们混炼的同时使水分汽化;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散到水中的分散体(凝胶)与橡胶胶乳混合并使水分汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散到溶剂中的分散体与使橡胶成分溶解到溶剂中的溶液混合并使溶剂汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散到水中的分散体(凝胶)冷冻干燥得到的粉碎物投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;以及将疏水化的纤维素类超细纤维投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中等。Among them, as a method for dispersing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers as a rubber component, for example, the following method can be cited: a dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers in water is put into a plasticizer by an open mixer. In the rubber component, the moisture is vaporized while kneading them; the cellulose microfiber obtained by mixing the dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing the cellulose ultrafine fiber in water with the rubber latex and vaporizing the water /The masterbatch of rubber is put into the rubber component of mastication; the dispersion obtained by dispersing the cellulose-based ultrafine fiber in the solvent and the solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent are mixed and the solvent is vaporized to obtain the cellulose-based ultra-fine fiber A fine fiber/rubber masterbatch is added to the masticated rubber component; a pulverized product obtained by freeze-drying a dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers in water is added to the masticated rubber component; and Add hydrophobized cellulose microfibers to the masticated rubber component.

然后,在将橡胶成分与纤维素类超细纤维混炼的同时投入各种橡胶配合剂,继续混炼,从而制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, various rubber compounding ingredients were put in while kneading the rubber component and the cellulose-based microfibers, and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

然后,将该未交联橡胶组合物通过压延成型等成型为片状。Then, the uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calender molding or the like.

此外,可以在橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂,使用捏合机、班伯里密炼机等混炼机进行混炼,将得到的未交联橡胶组合物通过压延成型等成型为片状,从而制作不含有纤维素类超细纤维的物质。In addition, various rubber compounding agents can be added to the rubber component, kneaded using a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition can be formed into a sheet by calendering or the like, In this way, a material that does not contain cellulose-based microfibers is produced.

-芯线14'--core wire 14'-

对芯线14'进行粘合处理。具体来讲,对芯线13’进行浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理。另外,优选在进行RFL粘合处理前进行浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理。此外,可以在进行RFL粘合处理前进行浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的橡胶糊粘合处理。Bonding treatment is performed on the core wire 14'. Specifically, the core wire 13' is subjected to RFL bonding treatment in which the core wire 13' is dipped in an RFL aqueous solution and heated. In addition, it is preferable to perform the base bonding treatment of immersing in the base bonding treatment liquid and heating before performing the RFL bonding treatment. In addition, before performing the RFL bonding treatment, a rubber paste bonding process of dipping in a rubber paste and drying may be performed.

<成型工序><Molding process>

如图5所示,在表面平滑的圆筒34上覆盖橡胶套筒35,在其外周上依次层叠卷绕用于背面橡胶层的未交联橡胶片13’以及用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片12’,在其上面相对于圆筒状的内模31以螺旋状卷绕芯线14’,然后在其上面依次卷绕用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片12’以及用于压缩橡胶层的未交联橡胶片11’。此时,在橡胶套筒35上形成有层叠成型体B’。As shown in FIG. 5, a rubber sleeve 35 is covered on a cylinder 34 with a smooth surface, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 13' for the back rubber layer and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the adhesive rubber layer are sequentially stacked and wound on its outer periphery. A cross-linked rubber sheet 12' on which the core wire 14' is spirally wound with respect to the cylindrical inner mold 31, and then an uncross-linked rubber sheet 12' for bonding the rubber layer is sequentially wound thereon And an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 11' for compressing the rubber layer. At this time, the laminated molded body B' is formed on the rubber sleeve 35. As shown in FIG.

<交联工序><Crosslinking process>

将设置有层叠成型体B’的橡胶套筒35从圆筒34上拆卸,如图6所示,在将其设置为内嵌在外模32的内周面侧的状态后,如图7所示,将内模31定位在设置于外模32的橡胶套筒35内,进行密闭。Remove the rubber sleeve 35 provided with the laminated molded body B' from the cylinder 34, as shown in FIG. , the inner mold 31 is positioned in the rubber sleeve 35 provided on the outer mold 32 for sealing.

然后,将外模32加热,并且,向内模31密封的内部注入高压空气等进行加压。此时,内模31膨胀,将层叠成型体B’的未交联橡胶片11’、12’、13’压缩进外模32的成型面,另外,进行它们的交联,并且,使芯线14'复合一体化,最终如图8所示,成型出圆筒状的带板S。此外,带板S的成型温度例如可以是100~180℃,成型压力例如可以是0.5~2.0MPa,以及成型时间例如可以是10~60分钟。Then, the outer mold 32 is heated, and high-pressure air or the like is injected into the sealed interior of the inner mold 31 to pressurize it. At this time, the inner mold 31 expands, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 11', 12', 13' of the laminated molded body B' are compressed into the molding surface of the outer mold 32, and their crosslinking is carried out, and the core wire 14' composite integration, and finally as shown in Figure 8, a cylindrical belt plate S is formed. In addition, the forming temperature of the strip S may be, for example, 100-180° C., the forming pressure may be, for example, 0.5-2.0 MPa, and the forming time may be, for example, 10-60 minutes.

<最终加工工序><Final Processing Process>

将内模31的内部减压,解除密闭,取出在内模31与外模32之间通过橡胶套筒35成型的带板S,将带板S按照规定的宽度切成轮形,将里外翻转,从而制造多楔带B。The inside of the inner mold 31 is decompressed, the airtightness is released, the strip S formed by the rubber sleeve 35 between the inner mold 31 and the outer mold 32 is taken out, the strip S is cut into a wheel shape according to the specified width, and the inside and outside Flip over to make V-belt B.

-实施例--Example-

[试验评估1][Test Evaluation 1]

使用以氯丁橡胶(也称为CR橡胶)为橡胶成分的橡胶组合物,制作实施例1-1~1-5以及比较例1-1~1-8的切边V形带。表1中也示出了各自的详细内容。The edge-cut V-belts of Examples 1-1 to 1-5 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-8 were produced using a rubber composition containing chloroprene rubber (also referred to as CR rubber) as a rubber component. Table 1 also shows the details of each.

<实施例1-1><Example 1-1>

将CR胶乳(昭和电工公司生产商品名:Chloroprene842A)与通过机械解纤方法制造的纤维素超细纤维(大王制纸公司生产)的水分散体混合,使水汽化,制作纤维素超细纤维/CR的母料。CR latex (trade name: Chloroprene 842A manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) is mixed with an aqueous dispersion of cellulose microfibers (manufactured by Daio Paper Co., Ltd.) produced by mechanical defibration, and the water is vaporized to produce cellulose microfibers/ CR masterbatch.

然后,将CR(昭和电工公司生产商品名:ChloropreneGS)塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。对于母料的投入量,在CR总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素类超细纤维的含量为20质量份。Then, CR (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Chloroprene GS) was masticated, and a masterbatch was put therein and kneaded. Regarding the input amount of the masterbatch, when the total amount of CR is 100 parts by mass, the content of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is 20 parts by mass.

然后,将CR与纤维素类超细纤维进行混炼,并且,在其中相对于100质量份的CR,分别投入20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑HAF(东海炭素公司生产商品名:SEAST3)、5质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维(帝人公司生产Technora(注册商标))、5质量份的油(日本SUN石油公司生产商品名:SUNPAR2280)、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌(界化学工业公司生产)、4质量份的氧化镁(协和化学工业公司生产商品名:Kyowamag150),继续混炼,从而制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, CR and cellulose microfibers were kneaded, and 20 parts by mass of carbon black HAF (trade name: SEAST3 manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.) , 5 parts by mass of aromatic polyamide staple fiber (Technora (registered trademark) produced by Teijin Corporation), 5 parts by mass of oil (trade name: SUNPAR2280 produced by Japan's SUN Petroleum Co., Ltd.), 5 parts by mass of oxidation accelerator as a vulcanization accelerator Zinc (manufactured by Kai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 4 parts by mass of magnesium oxide (trade name: Kyowamag 150 produced by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were continuously kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

将该未交联橡胶组合物成型为片状,作为用于构成带主体(压缩橡胶层、粘合橡胶层以及拉伸橡胶层)的未交联橡胶片,制作实施例1-1的切边V形带。This uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet shape, and as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet constituting the belt main body (compressive rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer, and tensile rubber layer), the cut edge of Example 1-1 was produced. V-belt.

另外,对于芯线,使用实施了粘合处理的聚酯纤维制捻线。In addition, as the core thread, a polyester fiber twisted thread subjected to bonding treatment was used.

<实施例1-2><Example 1-2>

将CR与相对于100质量份的该CR的10质量份的通过化学解纤方法(TEMPO氧化处理)制造的纤维素超细纤维、20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑HAF、5质量份的油、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌以及4质量份的氧化镁混炼加压,制作未交联橡胶组合物。CR and 10 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers produced by a chemical defibrillation method (TEMPO oxidation treatment), 20 parts by mass of carbon black HAF as a reinforcing material, 5 parts by mass of CR relative to 100 parts by mass of the CR Oil, 5 parts by mass of zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator, and 4 parts by mass of magnesium oxide were kneaded and pressurized to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了使用该未交联橡胶组合物以外,制作与实施例1-1同样结构的实施例1-2的切边V形带。The edge-cut V-belt of Example 1-2 having the same structure as that of Example 1-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet constituting the belt main body.

<实施例1-3><Example 1-3>

作为用于形成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑并且将通过化学方式进行解纤的纤维素类超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为20质量份以外,制作与实施例1-2同样结构的实施例1-3的带。As the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for forming the belt main body, except that carbon black is not compounded and the content of cellulose-based microfibers chemically defibrated is set to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, The belt of Example 1-3 having the same structure as that of Example 1-2 was produced.

<实施例1-4><Example 1-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将芳香族聚酰胺短纤维设置为10质量份并且还配合10质量份的尼龙短纤维(从由TORAY公司生产的尼龙66构成的车轮用帘线中切割3mm长的短纤维)以外,制作与实施例1-2同样结构的实施例1-4的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, in addition to setting 10 parts by mass of aramid short fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and also blending 10 parts by mass of nylon short fibers (produced by TORAY Co., Ltd. The belt of Example 1-4 having the same structure as that of Example 1-2 was produced except that short fibers of 3 mm in length were cut from the tire cord made of nylon 66.

<实施例1-5><Example 1-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与实施例1-2同样结构的实施例1-5的带。Example 1-2 with the same structure as Example 1-2 was produced except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body. 5 straps.

<比较例1-1><Comparative example 1-1>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合纤维素类超细纤维以外,制作与实施例1-1同样结构的比较例1-1的带。A belt of Comparative Example 1-1 having the same structure as that of Example 1-1 was produced except that cellulose-based microfibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

<比较例1-2><Comparative example 1-2>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为70质量份以外,制作与比较例1-1同样结构的比较例1-2的带。As the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF was set to 70 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, Comparative Example 1-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 1-1 was produced. 2 straps.

<比较例1-3><Comparative example 1-3>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例1-1同样结构的比较例1-3的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers, Comparative Example 1-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 1-1 was produced. 3 straps.

<比较例1-4><Comparative example 1-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为70质量份并且代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例1-2同样结构的比较例1-4的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF is set to 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers are blended instead of 20 parts by mass A belt of Comparative Example 1-4 having the same structure as that of Comparative Example 1-2 was produced except for the nylon staple fiber of 20 parts.

<比较例1-5><Comparative example 1-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了还配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维(纤维直径10~100μm左右)的纤维素纤维(大王制纸公司生产硫酸盐浆)以外,制作与比较例1-1同样结构的比较例1-5的带。As the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the main body of the belt, in addition to 20 parts by mass of cellulose fibers (with a fiber diameter of about 10 to 100 μm) relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component (Daio Paper Co., Ltd. Kraft pulp production), the belt of Comparative Example 1-5 having the same structure as Comparative Example 1-1 was produced.

<比较例1-6><Comparative example 1-6>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF并且配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维的纤维素纤维以外,制作与比较例1-5同样结构的比较例1-6的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that carbon black HAF was not blended and 20 parts by mass of cellulose fibers other than microfibers were blended with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, the same as Comparative Example 1- 5 Belts of Comparative Examples 1-6 having the same structure.

<比较例1-7><Comparative Examples 1-7>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例1-2同样结构的比较例1-7的带。A belt of Comparative Example 1-7 having the same structure as that of Example 1-2 was produced except that short aramid fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

<比较例1-8><Comparative Examples 1-8>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF以及芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例1-2同样结构的比较例1-8的带。A belt of Comparative Example 1-8 having the same structure as that of Example 1-2 was produced except that carbon black HAF and short aramid fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

[表1][Table 1]

*在短时间内(30分钟左右)常断裂,无法测量*In a short period of time (about 30 minutes), it often breaks and cannot be measured

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

表1中示出了各种评估结果。Table 1 shows various evaluation results.

<平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter, fiber diameter distribution>

将实施例1-1~1-5的各个带的内侧橡胶层的样品冷冻粉碎后,使用透射型电子显微镜(TEM)观察其截面,并且,任意选择50根纤维素超细纤维测量纤维直径,求出其平均数作为平均纤维直径。另外,求出50根纤维素超细纤维中的纤维直径的最大值以及最小值。After the samples of the inner rubber layers of the respective belts of Examples 1-1 to 1-5 were frozen and pulverized, their cross-sections were observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulose ultrafine fibers were arbitrarily selected to measure the fiber diameter, The average value was obtained as the average fiber diameter. In addition, the maximum and minimum values of the fiber diameters among the 50 cellulose ultrafine fibers were obtained.

<抗裂性评估带运转试验><Crack Resistance Evaluation Tape Running Test>

带的抗裂寿命是表示橡胶抗裂性的指标,寿命越长越优异。The crack life of the belt is an index showing the crack resistance of the rubber, and the longer the life, the better it is.

图9表示用于测量抗裂寿命的运转试验机40。用于评估抗裂性的带运转试验机40具备带轮直径为40mm的驱动带轮41以及设置在其右侧的带轮直径为40mm的从动带轮42。从动带轮42设置为左右可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对切边V形带B施加张力。FIG. 9 shows a running tester 40 for measuring crack life. A belt running tester 40 for evaluating crack resistance has a pulley diameter A driving pulley 41 with a diameter of 40 mm and a driven pulley 42 with a pulley diameter of 40 mm arranged on the right side thereof. The driven pulley 42 is movable left and right so that it can receive an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the trimmed V-belt B. As shown in FIG.

将实施例1-1~1-5以及比较例1-1~1-8的各带卷绕在运转试验机40的驱动带轮41与从动带轮42之间,从动带轮42向右侧承受600N的轴向载荷,对带施加张力,并且,在100℃的环境温度下,使驱动带轮41以3000rpm的转速旋转,从而运转带。然后,定期停止运转带,目视确认在切边V形带B上是否产生裂痕,将直至确认产生裂痕的带运转时间作为抗裂寿命。此外,在超过200小时也没有确认产生裂痕的情况下,在该时刻结束试验。The respective belts of Examples 1-1 to 1-5 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-8 were wound between the drive pulley 41 and the driven pulley 42 of the running test machine 40, and the driven pulley 42 was directed to An axial load of 600 N was applied to the right side, tension was applied to the belt, and the drive pulley 41 was rotated at 3000 rpm at an ambient temperature of 100° C., thereby running the belt. Then, the belt was stopped at regular intervals, and whether or not cracks occurred on the edge-cut V-shaped belt B was visually checked, and the belt running time until the cracks were confirmed was defined as the anti-crack life. In addition, when the occurrence of cracks was not confirmed over 200 hours, the test was terminated at that point.

<高张力带运转试验><High Tension Belt Running Test>

自重条件下的高张力耐久评估作为带的性能、寿命的加速评估是有效的。如果认为基于芯线的永久拉伸的带长变化是固定的,则橡胶部件的永久变形以及磨损越大,运转前后的轴间距变化越大。由此,运转前后的轴间距变化越小越好。运转前后的带的质量变化是表示橡胶部件的耐磨损性的指标,越小越好。High-tension durability evaluation under self-weight conditions is effective as an accelerated evaluation of belt performance and life. Assuming that the change in belt length due to the permanent stretch of the core wire is constant, the greater the permanent deformation and wear of the rubber member, the greater the change in the interaxial distance before and after operation. Therefore, the smaller the change in the interaxial distance before and after the operation, the better. The mass change of the belt before and after running is an index showing the wear resistance of the rubber member, and the smaller the better.

图10表示高张力带运转试验机50。FIG. 10 shows a high tension belt running tester 50 .

两轴设计的高张力带运转试验机50具备带轮直径为100mm的驱动V带轮51以及设置在其右侧的带轮直径为60mm的从动V带轮52。从动V带轮52设置为以左右可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对带施加张力。Two-axis designed high tension belt running tester 50 with pulley diameter A driving V-pulley 51 with a diameter of 100 mm and a driven V-pulley 52 with a pulley diameter of 60 mm arranged on the right side thereof. The driven V-pulley 52 is provided so as to be movable left and right so as to receive an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the belt.

测量实施例1-1~1-6以及比较例1-1~1-4各带B在运转前的质量,作为初始质量。The mass of each belt B in Examples 1-1 to 1-6 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 before operation was measured as the initial mass.

然后,将带安装在高张力带运转试验机50上,对从动带轮施加以下的轴间载荷。即,在单独配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维的例子(实施例1-1~1-3、比较例1-1以及1-2)中施加1000N,在配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以及尼龙短纤维两者的例子(实施例1-4、比较例1-5以及1-6)中施加800N,在单独配合尼龙短纤维的例子(实施例1-5、比较例1-3以及1-4)中施加500N,在未配合短纤维的例子(比较例1-7以及1-8)中施加500N。Then, the belt was mounted on a high tension belt running tester 50, and the following interaxial load was applied to the driven pulley. That is, in the examples (Examples 1-1 to 1-3, Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2) where aramid staple fibers were blended alone, 1000N was applied, and when aramid staple fibers and nylon staple fibers were blended, Both examples (Example 1-4, Comparative Example 1-5, and 1-6) applied 800N, and in the example of blending nylon staple fiber alone (Example 1-5, Comparative Example 1-3, and 1-4) 500N was applied in , and 500N was applied in the examples (Comparative Examples 1-7 and 1-8) in which short fibers were not blended.

首先,将环境温度设定为100℃,作为无负荷状态,在使驱动带轮以5000rpm的方式运转10分钟后,测量轴间距,作为初始轴间距。First, the ambient temperature was set at 100° C., and the driving pulley was operated at 5000 rpm for 10 minutes as a no-load state, and the interaxial distance was measured as an initial interaxial interdistance.

然后,在对从动V带轮52施加以下载荷的状态下,使驱动V带轮51以5000rpm的方式旋转。即,在单独配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维的例子(实施例1-1~1-3、比较例1-1以及1-2)中施加40Nm,在配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以及尼龙短纤维两者的例子(实施例1-4、比较例1-5以及1-6)中施加30Nm。在单独配合尼龙短纤维的例子(实施例1-5、比较例1-3以及1-4)中施加20Nm,在未配合短纤维的例子(比较例1-7以及1-8)中施加20Nm。Then, the driving V-pulley 51 was rotated at 5000 rpm while the following load was applied to the driven V-pulley 52 . That is, 40 Nm was applied in the examples (Examples 1-1 to 1-3, Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2) in which aramid staple fibers were blended alone, and in the blending of aramid staple fibers and nylon staple fibers In both examples (Example 1-4, Comparative Examples 1-5 and 1-6), 30 Nm was applied. 20 Nm was applied in the case where nylon staple fiber was blended alone (Example 1-5, Comparative Examples 1-3 and 1-4), and 20 Nm was applied in the case where no short fiber was blended (Comparative Examples 1-7 and 1-8) .

在运转200小时后,测量无负荷继续运转10分钟时的轴间距,作为运转后的轴间距。After running for 200 hours, measure the interaxial distance when the machine continues to operate without load for 10 minutes, and take it as the interaxial distance after operation.

通过下述方式计算运转后的轴间距变化(%)。The change (%) of the interaxial distance after the operation was calculated in the following manner.

轴间距变化(%)Interaxial change (%)

=(运转后的轴间距-运转前的轴间距)/运转前的轴间距×100= (axis spacing after operation - axis spacing before operation) / axis spacing before operation × 100

另外,测量运转后的带重量,作为运转后的带重量。通过下述方式计算带的重量变化。In addition, the belt weight after operation was measured and used as the belt weight after operation. The change in weight of the belt is calculated in the following manner.

带重量变化(%)Belt weight change (%)

=(运转前的带重量-运转后的带重量)/运转前的带重量×100= (belt weight before operation - belt weight after operation) / belt weight before operation × 100

其中,比较例1-7以及1-8在运转开始后的短时间内(30分钟左右)带断裂,无法进行高张力运转试验相关的测量。Among them, in Comparative Examples 1-7 and 1-8, the belt was broken in a short time (about 30 minutes) after the start of the operation, and the measurement related to the high-tension operation test could not be performed.

<摩擦系数><Friction Coefficient>

图11表示摩擦系数测量装置。Fig. 11 shows the friction coefficient measuring device.

该摩擦系数测量装置40由试验带轮82以及设置在其一侧的载荷单元83构成,该试验带轮82由带轮直径为75mm的肋轮构成。试验带轮82由铁类材料S45C构成。切边V形带的试验片81从载荷单元83沿水平延伸后卷绕在试验带轮82上,即,以相对于试验带轮82的卷绕角度为90°的方式设置。The friction coefficient measuring device 40 is composed of a test pulley 82 and a load cell 83 provided on one side thereof. The test pulley 82 is composed of a rib pulley with a pulley diameter of 75 mm. The test pulley 82 is made of ferrous material S45C. The test piece 81 of the trimmed V-belt extends horizontally from the load cell 83 and is wound on the test pulley 82 , that is, it is installed so that the winding angle with respect to the test pulley 82 is 90°.

将实施例1-1~1-6以及比较例1-1~1-4的未运转的各切边V形带切断,制作切边V形带的试验片81,将其一端固定在载荷单元83,然后卷绕在试验带轮82上,在另一端悬挂安装砝码84。然后,在环境温度25℃,在使砝码84下降的方向上使试验带轮82以43rpm的转速旋转,在旋转开始后60秒的时刻,通过载荷单元83检测试验片81的试验带轮82与载荷单元83之间的水平部分所承受的张力Tt。此外,试验片81的试验带轮82与砝码84的垂直部分所承受张力Ts是砝码84的重量17.15N。然后,基于Euler的公式,通过下面的公式(1)求出压缩橡胶层表面干燥时的摩擦系数μ。此外,θ=π/2。Each of the non-running edge-cut V-belts of Examples 1-1 to 1-6 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 was cut to make a test piece 81 of the edge-cut V-belt, and one end thereof was fixed to a load cell. 83, then wound on the test pulley 82, and a weight 84 is suspended at the other end. Then, at an ambient temperature of 25° C., the test pulley 82 was rotated at a speed of 43 rpm in a direction in which the weight 84 was lowered, and the test pulley 82 of the test piece 81 was detected by the load cell 83 at 60 seconds after the start of the rotation. The tension Tt borne by the horizontal portion between the load cell 83 and the load cell 83. In addition, the tension Ts applied to the vertical part of the test pulley 82 and the weight 84 of the test piece 81 was the weight of the weight 84 of 17.15N. Then, based on Euler's formula, the friction coefficient μ when the surface of the compression rubber layer was dry was obtained by the following formula (1). Also, θ=π/2.

另外,对高张力带运转试验后的切边V形带实施同样的试验,求出内侧橡胶层表面干燥时的摩擦系数。然后,求出未运转干燥时的摩擦系数与运转后干燥时的摩擦系数之比(摩擦系数(运转后)/摩擦系数(未运转))。该运转前后的摩擦系数之比是摩擦系数的变化指标,该比值越接近1,动力传递性越稳定,是优选的。In addition, the same test was performed on the edge-cut V-belt after the high-tension belt running test, and the coefficient of friction when the surface of the inner rubber layer was dry was obtained. Then, the ratio of the coefficient of friction (coefficient of friction (after operation)/coefficient of friction (non-operation)) between the coefficient of friction when drying without operation and the coefficient of friction when drying after operation was obtained. The ratio of the friction coefficient before and after the operation is an index of the change in the friction coefficient, and the closer the ratio is to 1, the more stable the power transmission performance is, which is preferable.

[公式1][Formula 1]

<粘着磨损性><Adhesive wear>

在高张力带运转试验后,将带从高张力带运转试验机50上拆下,目视确认在与带轮的接触部分以及带轮表面是否发生橡胶的粘着磨损。After the high-tension belt running test, the belt was removed from the high-tension belt running tester 50, and it was visually checked whether or not adhesive wear of the rubber occurred at the contact portion with the pulley and the surface of the pulley.

高张力运转试验后有无粘着磨损是表示橡胶的耐粘着磨损性的指标。发生粘着磨损是导致带的异音、振动、与带轮固定等的原因,优选不发生粘着磨损。The presence or absence of adhesive wear after the high-tension running test is an index showing the adhesive wear resistance of the rubber. Adhesive wear is a cause of abnormal sound, vibration, and fixation to the pulley of the belt, and it is preferable that adhesive wear does not occur.

<强力保持率><Strength Retention>

在高张力带运转试验后,实施带的拉伸试验,将带的断裂强度除以断裂部的芯线埋入根数,从而测量出一根芯线运转后的强力。After the high-tension belt running test, carry out the belt tensile test, divide the breaking strength of the belt by the number of core wires embedded in the broken part, and measure the strength of one core wire after running.

另外,以同样的方式测量同批量带的运转前的一根芯线的强力,通过下述方式求出带的强力保持率。表1中表示结果。In addition, the strength of one core wire before operation of the belt of the same batch was measured in the same manner, and the strength retention rate of the belt was obtained as follows. Table 1 shows the results.

带的强力保持率(%)Belt strength retention rate (%)

=运转后的一根芯线的强力/运转前的一根芯线的强力×100=Strength of one core wire after operation/Strength of one core wire before operation×100

高张力运转试验后的带的强力保持率是表示对该试验的抗张体(芯线)的损伤大小的指标。在V形带的情况下,由于底部橡胶的永久变形引起弯曲,使芯线的局部变形变大,由于橡胶的磨损,使相对于带轮的卷绕直径变小,因此,会增大芯线变形,发生损伤。另外,如果橡胶的摩擦系数变大、带与带轮分开时与带轮的分离性较差,则引起逆弯曲的刺激,促进芯线疲劳。这种情况是复合式作用,因此,可以判断为带的强力保持率越高,则覆盖芯线的橡胶的性能越高。The strength retention rate of the belt after the high-tension running test is an index showing the magnitude of damage to the tensile member (core wire) in the test. In the case of a V-belt, the local deformation of the core wire becomes larger due to bending caused by permanent deformation of the bottom rubber, and the winding diameter relative to the pulley becomes smaller due to wear of the rubber, so the core wire increases. deformed and damaged. In addition, if the coefficient of friction of the rubber becomes large and the separation from the pulley is poor when the belt is separated from the pulley, it will cause reverse bending stimulation and promote core wire fatigue. This is a composite effect, and therefore, it can be judged that the higher the strength retention rate of the belt is, the higher the performance of the rubber covering the core wire is.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表1中示出了实验结果。Table 1 shows the experimental results.

根据表1可知,实施例1-1~1-5的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的分布均较为广泛。It can be seen from Table 1 that the distribution of the fiber diameters of the cellulose ultrafine fibers of Examples 1-1 to 1-5 is relatively wide.

在同时使用纤维素类超细纤维以及其他短纤维的实施例1-1~1-5中,带抗裂寿命为200小时以上。另外,高张力运转试验后,轴间距的变化为1~2%,带重量变化为2~3%,没有发生粘着磨损,带的强力保持率为88~90%。并且,高张力运转试验前后的摩擦系数之比均为0.95。在各实施例中,纤维素类超细纤维的种类(机械解纤以及化学解纤)、短纤维的种类(芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以及尼龙短纤维)不同,但都得到了良好的结果。在实施例1-3的情况下,没有配合炭黑,与使用相同种类的纤维素类超细纤维的其他实施例(1-2、1-4、1-5)相比,增加了纤维素类超细纤维的配合量。即,可以将炭黑完全替换为纤维素类超细纤维。在该情况下,与其他实施例的结果相同,能够设置不使用炭黑的橡胶组合物。In Examples 1-1 to 1-5 in which cellulose-based ultrafine fibers and other short fibers were used together, the belt crack life was 200 hours or more. In addition, after the high-tension running test, the change of the interaxial distance is 1-2%, the change of the belt weight is 2-3%, no adhesive wear occurs, and the strength retention rate of the belt is 88-90%. In addition, the ratio of the coefficient of friction before and after the high-tension running test was 0.95. In each example, the type of cellulose-based ultrafine fiber (mechanical defibration and chemical defibration) and the type of short fiber (aramid short fiber and nylon short fiber) were different, but good results were obtained in all of them. In the case of Example 1-3, carbon black was not added, and compared with other examples (1-2, 1-4, 1-5) using the same type of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose was increased. The compounding amount of superfine fiber. That is, carbon black can be completely replaced by cellulose-based ultrafine fibers. In this case, as in the results of other examples, it is possible to provide a rubber composition that does not use carbon black.

与此相对,比较例1-1~1-4进行基于芳香族聚酰胺短纤维或者尼龙短纤维的加强,但是,由未配合纤维素类超细纤维的橡胶构成带。In contrast, Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 were reinforced with aramid short fibers or nylon short fibers, but the belts were made of rubber that did not incorporate cellulose-based ultrafine fibers.

在炭黑的配合量为20质量份的比较例1-1以及1-3中,带抗裂寿命为200小时以上,与实施例相同,无粘着磨损,摩擦系数比为0.9,与实施例比较相近。但是,高张力运转试验前后的带的质量变化为20%,橡胶的耐磨损性极差。其结果,轴间距的变化也较大,为20%。并且,运转后的强力保持率极低,为31或者33%。其原因在于,过高的摩擦系数导致与带轮的分离性较差以及橡胶发生弯曲变形,因此,会促进芯线的疲劳。In Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-3 in which the compounding amount of carbon black was 20 parts by mass, the belt crack resistance life was more than 200 hours, same as the examples, no adhesive wear, and the coefficient of friction ratio was 0.9, compared with the examples similar. However, the mass change of the belt before and after the high-tension running test was 20%, and the wear resistance of the rubber was extremely poor. As a result, the variation in the interaxial distance was also large, 20%. Furthermore, the strength retention rate after operation was extremely low at 31 or 33%. The reason for this is that an excessively high coefficient of friction leads to poor separation from the pulley and bending deformation of the rubber, thus promoting fatigue of the core wire.

相反,在炭黑的配合量较多的70质量份的比较例1-2以及1-4的情况下,橡胶的耐磨损性(带质量变化)可以改善为3%,但是,带抗裂寿命恶化为10或者20。另外,带的轴间距变化较大,为10%,其原因在于,运转时橡胶自身发热较高导致橡胶的永久变形较大。并且,发生粘着磨损,摩擦系数变化。运转后的带强力保持率也较低,为42或者48%。其原因在于,摩擦系数增大导致与带轮的分离性变差以及橡胶的自身发热促进芯线的疲劳。On the contrary, in the case of Comparative Examples 1-2 and 1-4 in which the blending amount of carbon black was 70 parts by mass, the wear resistance of the rubber (change in belt mass) could be improved by 3%, but the belt crack resistance Lifespan deterioration is 10 or 20. In addition, the interaxial distance of the belt varies greatly by 10%. This is because the permanent deformation of the rubber is large due to the high self-heating of the rubber during operation. Furthermore, adhesive wear occurs and the coefficient of friction changes. The belt strength retention rate after operation was also low at 42 or 48%. The reasons for this are that separation from the pulley deteriorates due to an increase in the coefficient of friction and self-heating of the rubber promotes fatigue of the core wire.

下面,比较例1-5以及1-6是代替纤维素类超细纤维而使用硫酸盐浆作为较大尺寸的纤维素的例子。比较例1-5与比较例1-6的不同点在于,有无配合炭黑。这两个例子的抗裂寿命以及耐磨损性均恶化。另外,带强力保持率也较低,促进芯线的疲劳。其原因与比较例1-1以及1-3相同。Next, Comparative Examples 1-5 and 1-6 are examples in which kraft pulp was used as relatively large-sized cellulose instead of cellulose-based microfibers. The difference between Comparative Examples 1-5 and Comparative Examples 1-6 lies in the presence or absence of compounding of carbon black. The crack life and wear resistance of both examples deteriorated. In addition, the belt strength retention rate is also low, which promotes the fatigue of the core wire. The reason is the same as in Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-3.

比较例1-7以及1-8是配合纤维素类超细纤维而不进行基于短纤维的加强的例子。比较例1-7与比较例1-8的不同点在于,有无配合炭黑。这两个例子的带抗裂寿命均良好,为200小时以上,但是,在高张力且高承载条件下的高张力运转试验中,在短时间内带破损,无法测量各项目的结果。其原因在于,底部橡胶的弹性率不足,橡胶弯曲变形。Comparative Examples 1-7 and 1-8 are examples in which cellulose-based microfibers are blended without reinforcement by short fibers. The difference between Comparative Examples 1-7 and Comparative Examples 1-8 lies in the presence or absence of compounding of carbon black. In both examples, the belt crack life was good at 200 hours or more. However, in the high tension running test under high tension and high load conditions, the belt was broken in a short time, and the results of each item could not be measured. The reason for this is that the modulus of elasticity of the bottom rubber is insufficient, and the rubber bends and deforms.

如上所述,比较例1-1~1-8中,同时使用炭黑以及短纤维(尼龙短纤维、芳香族聚酰胺短纤维)的加强方式、基于非超细纤维的纤维素纤维的加强方式(包含是否配合炭黑的两种情况)以及使用纤维素类超细纤维而不使用其他短纤维的加强方式(包含是否配合炭黑的两种情况)无法同时满足所希望的全部性能。特别是,在本实施例的试验条件的这种高温环境下(100℃)无法满足性能,需要将使用条件限定为低温。As mentioned above, in Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-8, the reinforcement method using carbon black and staple fibers (nylon staple fibers, aramid staple fibers) and the reinforcement method based on cellulose fibers other than ultrafine fibers (including the two cases of adding carbon black or not) and the reinforcement method using cellulose-based ultrafine fibers instead of other short fibers (including the two cases of adding carbon black or not) cannot satisfy all the desired properties at the same time. In particular, the performance cannot be satisfied in such a high-temperature environment (100° C.) as the test conditions of this example, and it is necessary to limit the use conditions to low temperatures.

对此,通过将炭黑的一部分或者全部替换为纤维素类超细纤维,与基于短纤维的加强方式一起发挥作用,能够同时满足所希望的所有性能。但是,这需要在本实施例的这种高温条件下实现。In contrast, by substituting part or all of carbon black with cellulose-based microfibers, it functions together with a reinforcement method based on short fibers, and all desired performances can be satisfied at the same time. However, this needs to be achieved under the high temperature conditions of this embodiment.

其具体的机制有待解明,但是,考虑是基于纤维素类超细纤维的加强与基于炭黑的加强在加强方式上有所不同。即,由炭黑吸附的橡胶层(结合橡胶)抑制橡胶的运动性,由此,表现出炭黑加强。另外,考虑到在该橡胶层未发生化学交联,反复变形时发热性变大,发生粘着磨损。与此相对,基于纤维素类超细纤维实现加强的细节尚不清楚,因此,此次结果是难以预想的事实。但是,作为基于结果的考察,纤维素类超细纤维附近的橡胶分子的运动性可能不像炭黑附近的橡胶分子那样被抑制,或者能够进行交联而确保作为橡胶状弹性体的性质。基于纤维素类超细纤维的加强效果也可能是超细纤维彼此的三维网络构造所带来的。但是,同时使用纤维素类超细纤维以及短纤维所带来效果与机制没有特别关联。The specific mechanism remains to be elucidated, but it is considered that the reinforcement based on cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is different from the reinforcement based on carbon black in the way of reinforcement. That is, the rubber layer (bonded rubber) adsorbed by carbon black suppresses the mobility of the rubber, thereby exhibiting carbon black reinforcement. In addition, considering that chemical crosslinking does not occur in the rubber layer, heat generation becomes large during repeated deformation, and adhesive wear occurs. In contrast, the details of the reinforcement based on cellulose-based microfibers are unclear, so the results this time are hard to predict. However, based on the results, the mobility of the rubber molecules near the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers may not be suppressed like that of the rubber molecules near carbon black, or they may be crosslinked to ensure properties as a rubbery elastic body. The reinforcement effect based on cellulose-based ultrafine fibers may also be brought about by the three-dimensional network structure of the ultrafine fibers. However, there is no particular relationship between the effect and the mechanism of the simultaneous use of cellulose-based microfibers and short fibers.

另外,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分配合20质量份的基于机械解纤方法的纤维素类超细纤维的实施例1-1与同样配合10质量份的基于化学解纤方法的纤维素类超细纤维的实施例1-2的各项评估内容基本相同。因此,基于化学解纤方法获得纤维素类超细纤维能够以少量配合实现同等的效果。In addition, Example 1-1 in which 20 parts by mass of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers based on a mechanical defibrating method was blended with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component was mixed with 10 parts by mass of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers based on a chemical defibrating method. The evaluation contents of Examples 1-2 of fine fibers are basically the same. Therefore, obtaining cellulose-based microfibers based on the chemical defibrillation method can achieve the same effect with a small amount of compounding.

[试验评估2][Test Evaluation 2]

使用以氢化NBR(H-HBR)作为橡胶成分的橡胶组合物,制作实施例2-1~2-5以及比较例2-1~2-8的带。表2中示出了各自的详细内容。Belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-5 and Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-8 were produced using rubber compositions containing hydrogenated NBR (H-HBR) as a rubber component. Table 2 shows the details of each.

<实施例2-1><Example 2-1>

将H-HBR胶乳(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:ZLX-B)与通过机械解纤方法制造的纤维素超细纤维的水分散体混合,使水汽化,制作纤维素超细纤维/H-HBR的母料。Mix H-HBR latex (trade name: ZLX-B produced by ZEON Corporation of Japan) with an aqueous dispersion of cellulose microfibers produced by mechanical defibrillation, and vaporize the water to produce cellulose microfibers/H-HBR masterbatch.

然后,将H-HBR(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:Zetpol2020)塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。对于母料的投入量,在H-HBR总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量为20质量份。Then, H-HBR (trade name: Zetpol 2020 produced by ZEON Corporation, Japan) was masticated, and a masterbatch was put into it for kneading. Regarding the input amount of the masterbatch, when the total amount of H-HBR is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfibers is 20 parts by mass.

然后,将H-HBR与纤维素超细纤维混炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的H-HBR的20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑HAF、20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维、10质量份的油、5质量份的作为交联剂的有机过氧化物(日油公司生产商品名:PEROXYMON F40)以及1质量份的助交联剂(精工化学公司生产商品名:Hi-Cross M),继续混炼,制造未交联橡胶组合物。Then, H-HBR was kneaded with cellulose microfibers, and 20 parts by mass of carbon black HAF as a reinforcing material and 20 parts by mass of aromatic polyamide were respectively put into it with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR. Amide short fiber, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of organic peroxide (trade name produced by NOF Corporation: PEROXYMON F40) and 1 part by mass of auxiliary crosslinking agent (trade name produced by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.) : Hi-Cross M), kneading was continued to produce an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

将该未交联橡胶组合物成型为片状,作为用于构成带主体(压缩橡胶层、粘合橡胶层以及拉伸橡胶层)的未交联橡胶片,制作实施例2-1的切边V形带。This uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet shape, and as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet constituting the belt main body (compressive rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer, and tensile rubber layer), the cut edge of Example 2-1 was produced. V-belt.

另外,对于芯线,使用进行了粘合处理的聚酯纤维制捻线。In addition, as the core thread, a twisted thread made of polyester fiber subjected to bonding treatment was used.

<实施例2-2><Example 2-2>

分别投入CR以及相对于100质量份的该CR的10质量份的通过化学解纤方法(TEMPO氧化处理)制造的纤维素超细纤维、20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑HAF、10质量份的油、5质量份的作为交联剂的有机过氧化物以及1质量份的助交联剂进行混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。10 parts by mass of CR and 10 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers produced by a chemical defibrillation method (TEMPO oxidation treatment), 20 parts by mass of carbon black HAF as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of an organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 part by mass of an auxiliary crosslinking agent were kneaded to prepare a non-crosslinked rubber composition.

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了使用该未交联橡胶组合物以外,制作与实施例2-1同样结构的实施例2-2的切边V形带。The edge-cut V-belt of Example 2-2 having the same structure as that of Example 2-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet constituting the belt main body.

<实施例2-3><Example 2-3>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑并且相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将通过化学方式进行纤维分解的纤维素类超细纤维的含量设置为20质量份以外,制作与As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that carbon black is not compounded and the content of cellulose-based microfibers chemically decomposed by fiber is set to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, made with

实施例2-2同样结构的实施例2-3的带。The belt of embodiment 2-3 of embodiment 2-2 same structure.

<实施例2-4><Example 2-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将芳香族聚酰胺短纤维设置为10质量份并且还配合10质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与实施例2-2同样结构的实施例2-4的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that 10 parts by mass of aramid staple fiber is provided with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, and 10 parts by mass of nylon staple fiber is also blended, production and example 2-2 The belt of embodiment 2-4 of the same structure.

<实施例2-5><Example 2-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与实施例2-2同样结构的实施例2-5的带。Example 2-2 with the same structure as Example 2-2 was produced except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body. 5 straps.

<比较例2-1><Comparative example 2-1>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将炭黑HAF的配合量设置为30质量份并且不配合纤维素类超细纤维以外,制作与实施例2-1同样结构的比较例2-1的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF was set to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and cellulose-based ultrafine fibers were not blended, the same method as in Example 2 was produced. -1 The belt of Comparative Example 2-1 having the same structure.

<比较例2-2><Comparative example 2-2>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将炭黑HAF的配合量设置为90质量份以外,制作与比较例2-1同样结构的比较例2-2的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF was set to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, Comparative Example 2-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 2-1 was produced. 2 straps.

<比较例2-3><Comparative example 2-3>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例2-1同样结构的比较例2-3的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers, Comparative Example 2-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 2-1 was produced. 3 straps.

<比较例2-4><Comparative example 2-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将炭黑HAF的配合量设置为90质量份并且代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例2-1同样结构的比较例2-4的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the compounding amount of carbon black HAF was set to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and 20 parts by mass were compounded instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers A belt of Comparative Example 2-4 having the same structure as that of Comparative Example 2-1 was produced except for the nylon staple fiber of 10 parts.

<比较例2-5><Comparative example 2-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将炭黑HAF的配合量设置为20质量份并且还配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维的纤维素纤维以外,制作与比较例2-1同样结构的比较例2-5的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the compounding amount of carbon black HAF is set to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and 20 parts by mass of HAF is also compounded relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component Except for cellulose fibers other than microfibers, a belt of Comparative Example 2-5 having the same structure as that of Comparative Example 2-1 was produced.

<比较例2-6><Comparative example 2-6>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF而配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维的纤维素纤维以外,制作与比较例2-1同样结构的比较例2-5的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that carbon black HAF is not blended and 20 parts by mass of cellulose fibers other than microfibers are blended with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, the same as Comparative Example 2- 1 Belts of Comparative Examples 2-5 having the same structure.

<比较例2-7><Comparative example 2-7>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例2-2同样结构的比较例2-7的带。A belt of Comparative Example 2-7 having the same structure as that of Example 2-2 was produced except that short aramid fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

<比较例2-8><Comparative example 2-8>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF以及芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例2-2同样结构的比较例2-8的带。A belt of Comparative Example 2-8 having the same structure as that of Example 2-2 was produced except that carbon black HAF and aramid short fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

[表2][Table 2]

*在短时间内(30分钟左右)带断裂,无法测量*Within a short period of time (around 30 minutes) the band breaks and cannot be measured

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

与试验评估1同样,求出实施例2-1~2-5的各带的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的平均值、最小值以及最大值。另外,与试验评估1同样,求出实施例2-1~2-5以及比较例2-1~2-8的各带的带抗裂寿命,并且,进行高张力运转试验,评估轴间距变化、质量变化、磨损系数比、试验后有无粘着磨损、强力保持率。In the same manner as in Test Evaluation 1, the average value, minimum value, and maximum value of the fiber diameters of the cellulose ultrafine fibers of the tapes of Examples 2-1 to 2-5 were determined. In addition, similarly to Test Evaluation 1, the belt cracking life of each belt in Examples 2-1 to 2-5 and Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-8 was obtained, and a high-tension running test was performed to evaluate changes in the interaxial distance. , quality change, wear coefficient ratio, adhesive wear after test, strength retention rate.

但是,将测量带抗裂寿命以及高张力运转试验的环境温度设置为120℃。另外,测量直至300小时的带抗裂寿命,在即使超过300小时也没有确认产生裂痕的情况下,结束试验。However, the ambient temperature for measuring the belt crack life and the high-tension running test was set to 120°C. In addition, the belt crack life was measured up to 300 hours, and when no cracks were confirmed even after 300 hours, the test was terminated.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表2中示出了实验结果。Table 2 shows the experimental results.

根据表2可以看出,即使将橡胶成分设置为H-HBR,也能够得到与试验评估1同样的结果。特别是,与试验评估1相比,即使抗裂性评估带运转试验以及高张力带运转试验的环境温度较高(120℃),也能够得到良好的评估结果。其原因在于,作为一种可能性,纤维素类超细纤维的加强效果与炭黑的加强效果相比,温度依赖性较小。From Table 2, it can be seen that even when the rubber component is set to H-HBR, the same results as in Test Evaluation 1 can be obtained. In particular, compared with Test Evaluation 1, good evaluation results were obtained even when the ambient temperature of the crack resistance evaluation belt running test and the high tension belt running test was higher (120° C.). The reason for this is that, as one possibility, the reinforcing effect of cellulose-based microfibers is less dependent on temperature than the reinforcing effect of carbon black.

[试验评估3][Test Evaluation 3]

使用以EPDM为橡胶成分的橡胶组合物,制作实施例3-1~3-5以及比较例3-1~3-8的用于试验评估的带。表3中示出了各自的详细内容。Belts for test evaluation of Examples 3-1 to 3-5 and Comparative Examples 3-1 to 3-8 were produced using rubber compositions containing EPDM as a rubber component. Table 3 shows the details of each.

<实施例3-1><Example 3-1>

将在甲苯中分散有通过机械解纤方法制造的纤维素超细纤维的分散体与在甲苯中溶解有EPDM(JSR公司生产商品名:EP33)的溶液混合,使甲苯汽化,制作纤维素超细纤维/EPDM的母料。A dispersion of cellulose microfibers produced by mechanical defibrillation in toluene is mixed with a solution of EPDM (trade name: EP33 produced by JSR Corporation) dissolved in toluene, and the toluene is vaporized to produce cellulose microfibers. Fiber/EPDM masterbatch.

然后,将EPDM塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。对于母料的投入量,在EPDM的总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量为20质量份。Then, EPDM was masticated, and a masterbatch was put thereinto and kneaded. Regarding the input amount of the masterbatch, when the total amount of EPDM is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfibers is 20 parts by mass.

然后,将EPDM与纤维素超细纤维混炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的EPDM的20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑、20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维、10质量份的油、5质量份的作为交联剂的有机过氧化物以及1质量份的助交联剂,继续混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, EPDM and cellulose microfibers were kneaded, and 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers, 10 The mass parts of oil, 5 mass parts of organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 mass part of an auxiliary crosslinking agent were continuously kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

将该未交联橡胶组合物成型为片状,作为用于构成带主体(压缩橡胶层,粘合橡胶层以及拉伸橡胶层)的未交联橡胶片,制作实施例3-1的切边V形带。This uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet shape, and as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body (compressive rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer, and tensile rubber layer), the cut edge of Example 3-1 was produced. V-belt.

另外,对于芯线,使用进行了粘合处理的聚酯纤维制捻线。In addition, as the core thread, a twisted thread made of polyester fiber subjected to bonding treatment was used.

<实施例3-2><Example 3-2>

相对于100质量份的EPDM,混炼10质量份的通过化学解纤方法(TEMPO氧化处理)制造的纤维素超细纤维、20质量份的作为加强材料的炭黑、10质量份的油、5质量份的作为交联剂的有机过氧化物以及1质量份的助交联剂,制作未交联橡胶组合物。With respect to 100 parts by mass of EPDM, 10 parts by mass of cellulose ultrafine fibers produced by a chemical defibrillation method (TEMPO oxidation treatment), 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass An uncrosslinked rubber composition was prepared by using an organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent and 1 part by mass of an auxiliary crosslinking agent.

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了使用该未交联橡胶组合物以外,制作与实施例3-1同样结构的实施例3-2的切边V形带。The edge-cut V-belt of Example 3-2 having the same structure as that of Example 3-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet constituting the belt main body.

<实施例3-3><Example 3-3>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑并且将通过化学方式进行纤维分解的纤维素类超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为20质量份以外,制作与实施例3-2同样结构的实施例3-3的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that carbon black is not compounded and the content of cellulosic microfibers that undergo chemical fiber decomposition is set to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, The tape of Example 3-3 having the same structure as that of Example 3-2 was produced.

<实施例3-4><Example 3-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了相对于100质量份的橡胶成分将芳香族聚酰胺短纤维设置为10质量份并且还配合10质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与实施例3-2同样结构的实施例3-4的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that 10 parts by mass of aramid staple fiber is provided with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, and 10 parts by mass of nylon staple fiber is also blended, production and example 3-2 The belt of embodiment 3-4 of the same structure.

<实施例3-5><Example 3-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与实施例3-2同样结构的实施例3-5的带。Example 3-2 with the same structure as Example 3-2 was produced except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body. 5 straps.

<比较例3-1><Comparative example 3-1>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为30质量份并且不配合纤维素类超细纤维以外,制作与实施例3-1同样结构的比较例3-1的带。As the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF was set to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, and cellulose-based ultrafine fibers were not blended, the same method as in Example 3 was produced. -1 The belt of Comparative Example 3-1 having the same structure.

<比较例3-2><Comparative example 3-2>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为90质量份以外,制作与比较例3-1同样结构的比较例3-2的带。Comparative Example 3-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 3-1, except that the compounding amount of carbon black HAF was set to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt body. 2 straps.

<比较例3-3><Comparative example 3-3>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例3-1同样结构的比较例3-3的带。Comparative Example 3-1 having the same structure as Comparative Example 3-1 was prepared except that 20 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were blended instead of 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body. 3 straps.

<比较例3-4><Comparative example 3-4>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为90质量份并且代替20质量份的芳香族聚酰胺短纤维而配合20质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,制作与比较例3-1同样结构的比较例3-4的带。As an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF is set to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and 20 parts by mass of aramid short fibers are blended instead of 20 parts by mass A belt of Comparative Example 3-4 having the same structure as that of Comparative Example 3-1 was produced except for the nylon staple fiber of 20 parts.

<比较例3-5><Comparative example 3-5>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了将炭黑HAF的配合量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为20质量份并且还配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维的纤维素纤维以外,制作与比较例3-1同样结构的比较例3-5的带。As the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that the blending amount of carbon black HAF was set to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component and 20 parts by mass of carbon black HAF was also blended with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component Except for cellulose fibers other than microfibers, a belt of Comparative Example 3-5 having the same structure as that of Comparative Example 3-1 was produced.

<比较例3-6><Comparative example 3-6>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF并且还配合相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的非超细纤维的纤维素纤维以外,制作与比较例3-1同样结构的比较例3-5的带。As the non-crosslinked rubber sheet for constituting the belt main body, except that carbon black HAF was not blended and 20 parts by mass of cellulose fibers other than ultrafine fibers were blended with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, the same method as in Comparative Example 3 was produced. -1 The belt of Comparative Example 3-5 having the same structure.

<比较例3-7><Comparative example 3-7>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例3-2同样结构的比较例3-7的带。A belt of Comparative Example 3-7 having the same structure as that of Example 3-2 was produced except that short aramid fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

<比较例3-8><Comparative example 3-8>

作为用于构成带主体的未交联橡胶片,除了不配合炭黑HAF以及芳香族聚酰胺短纤维以外,制作与实施例3-2同样结构的比较例3-8的带。A belt of Comparative Example 3-8 having the same structure as that of Example 3-2 was produced except that carbon black HAF and aramid short fibers were not blended as the non-crosslinked rubber sheet constituting the main body of the belt.

[表3][table 3]

*在短时间内(30分钟左右)带断裂,无法测量*Within a short period of time (around 30 minutes) the band breaks and cannot be measured

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

与试验评估1同样,求出实施例3-1~3-5的各带的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的平均值、最小值以及最大值。另外,与试验评估1同样,求出实施例3-1~3-5以及比较例3-1~3-8的各带的带抗裂寿命,并且,进行高张力运转试验,评估轴间距变化、质量变化、磨损系数比、试验后有无粘着磨损、强力保持率。In the same manner as in Test Evaluation 1, the average value, minimum value, and maximum value of the fiber diameters of the cellulose ultrafine fibers of the tapes of Examples 3-1 to 3-5 were determined. In addition, similarly to Test Evaluation 1, the belt cracking life of each belt in Examples 3-1 to 3-5 and Comparative Examples 3-1 to 3-8 was obtained, and a high-tension running test was performed to evaluate changes in the interaxial distance. , quality change, wear coefficient ratio, adhesive wear after test, strength retention rate.

但是,将测量带抗裂寿命以及高张力运转试验的环境温度设置为120℃。另外,测量直至300小时的带抗裂寿命,在即使超过300小时也没有确认产生裂痕的情况下,结束试验。However, the ambient temperature for measuring the belt crack life and the high-tension running test was set to 120°C. In addition, the belt crack life was measured up to 300 hours, and when no cracks were confirmed even after 300 hours, the test was terminated.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表3中示出了实验结果。Table 3 shows the experimental results.

根据表3可以看出,即使将橡胶成分设置为EPDM,也能够得到与试验评估1以及2同样的结果。特别是,与试验评估1相比,即使抗裂性评估带运转试验以及高张力带运转试验的环境温度较高(120℃),也能够得到良好的评估结果。As can be seen from Table 3, even when the rubber component is set to EPDM, the same results as those in Test Evaluation 1 and 2 can be obtained. In particular, compared with Test Evaluation 1, good evaluation results were obtained even when the ambient temperature of the crack resistance evaluation belt running test and the high tension belt running test was higher (120° C.).

[实施方式2][Embodiment 2]

(多楔带B)(ribbed belt B)

图1以及图2是表示实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B的图。1 and 2 are diagrams showing a V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment.

实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B例如可以是用于设置在汽车的发动机室内的辅机驱动带传动装置等的环形动力传递部件。对于实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B,例如,带长为700~3000mm,带宽为10~36mm,带厚为4.0~5.0mm。The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 may be, for example, an endless power transmission member used in an auxiliary drive belt transmission or the like installed in an engine room of an automobile. The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.

实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B具备橡胶制的多楔带主体10,该多楔带主体10构成为下述三层构造:构成带内周侧的带轮接触部分的压缩橡胶层11、中间的粘合橡胶层12以及带外周侧的背面橡胶层13。在多楔带主体10的粘合橡胶层12的厚度方向上的中间部,以在带宽方向上形成具有螺距的螺旋的方式埋设有芯线14。此外,也可以代替背面橡胶层13而设置背面加强布,多楔带主体10构成为压缩橡胶层11与粘合橡胶层12双层。The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 includes a V-ribbed belt main body 10 made of rubber. An adhesive rubber layer 12 in the middle and a back rubber layer 13 on the outer peripheral side of the belt. A core wire 14 is embedded in a middle portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 12 of the V-ribbed belt main body 10 so as to form a helix having a pitch in the belt width direction. In addition, instead of the back rubber layer 13, a back reinforcement cloth may be provided, and the V-ribbed belt body 10 is constituted by two layers of the compression rubber layer 11 and the adhesive rubber layer 12.

压缩橡胶层11设置为多个V形肋16沿带的内周侧垂下。多个V形肋16分别形成为沿带长方向延伸的截面呈大致倒三角形的突条,并且设置为沿带宽方向排列。对于各V形肋16,例如,肋高为2.0~3.0mm,基端间的宽度为1.0~3.6mm。V形肋16的数量例如为3~6个(图1中为6个)。粘合橡胶层12构成为截面呈横长方形的带状,其厚度例如为1.0~2.5mm。背面橡胶层13也构成为截面呈横长方形的带状,厚度例如为0.4~0.8mm。从抑制背面驱动时产生声音的方面考虑,在背面橡胶层13的表面优选设置有织布图案。The compression rubber layer 11 is provided with a plurality of V-shaped ribs 16 hanging down along the inner peripheral side of the belt. The plurality of V-shaped ribs 16 are each formed as a protrusion extending in the belt length direction and has a substantially inverted triangular cross-section, and are arranged in a row along the belt length direction. For each V-shaped rib 16, for example, the rib height is 2.0 to 3.0 mm, and the width between base ends is 1.0 to 3.6 mm. The number of V-shaped ribs 16 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 1 ). The adhesive rubber layer 12 is formed in a strip shape with a horizontally rectangular cross section, and its thickness is, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm. The back rubber layer 13 is also formed in a strip shape with a horizontally rectangular cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of sound during back driving, it is preferable to provide a weave pattern on the surface of the back rubber layer 13 .

压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13由橡胶组合物形成,该橡胶组合物通过对在橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂并混炼的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物可以相同,也可以不同。The compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 are formed from a rubber composition obtained by heating and pressurizing an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding ingredients are mixed and kneaded. It is made by cross-linking with a cross-linking agent. The rubber compositions used to form the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 may be the same or different.

作为用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如,可以列举乙烯-丙烯共聚物(EPR)、乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM)、乙烯-辛烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物等乙烯-α-烯烃弹性体、氯丁橡胶(CR)、氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶(CSM)、氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR)等。橡胶成分优选其中的一种或者两种以上的混合橡胶。优选用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分相同。As the rubber component of the rubber composition for forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13, for example, ethylene-propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer and other ethylene-α-olefin elastomers, neoprene rubber (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H- HBR) etc. The rubber component is preferably one of them or a mixture of two or more rubbers. Preferably, the rubber components of the rubber compositions used to form the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 are the same.

用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物中的至少一种含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。优选用于形成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的所有橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维,但是,更优选至少用于形成构成带轮接触部分的压缩橡胶层11的橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维。At least one of the rubber compositions for forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all rubber compositions used for forming the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 contain cellulose-based microfibers, but it is more preferable to form at least the compression rubber layer 11 constituting the pulley contact portion. The rubber composition contains cellulosic microfibers.

根据实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B,如上所述,用于构成多楔带主体10的压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物中的至少一种含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到优异的耐弯曲疲劳性。另外,特别是在形成用于构成接触部分的压缩橡胶层11的橡胶组合物包含纤维素类超细纤维的情况下,能够得到较高的耐磨损性,并且得到稳定的摩擦系数。According to the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2, as described above, at least one of the rubber compositions constituting the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13 of the V-ribbed belt main body 10 contains Since the distribution range of the fiber diameter includes cellulose-based ultrafine fibers of 50 to 500 nm, excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained. In addition, especially in the case where the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 11 constituting the contact portion contains cellulose-based microfibers, high abrasion resistance can be obtained and a stable coefficient of friction can be obtained.

纤维素类超细纤维是来源于纤维素超细纤维的纤维材料,该纤维素超细纤维由将植物纤维细细拆解得到的植物细胞壁的骨架成分构成。作为纤维素类超细纤维的原料植物,例如,可以列举木材、竹子、稻子(稻草)、土豆、甘蔗(蔗渣)、水草、海藻等。其中,优选木材。Cellulosic ultrafine fibers are fiber materials derived from cellulose ultrafine fibers composed of a skeleton component of plant cell walls obtained by finely dismantling plant fibers. Examples of raw material plants for cellulose-based ultrafine fibers include wood, bamboo, rice (straw), potatoes, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, and seaweed. Among them, wood is preferable.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是纤维素超细纤维自身,也可以是疏水化处理后的疏水化纤维素超细纤维。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,也可以同时使用纤维素超细纤维和疏水化纤维素超细纤维。从分散性方面考虑,纤维素类超细纤维优选包含疏水化纤维素超细纤维。作为疏水化纤维素超细纤维,可以列举将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维以及使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维。The cellulose ultrafine fiber may be cellulose ultrafine fiber itself, or may be hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fiber after hydrophobization treatment. In addition, as the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose ultrafine fibers and hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers may be used together. From the standpoint of dispersibility, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers include cellulose ultrafine fibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose ultrafine fibers subjected to a hydrophobizing surface treatment using a surface treatment agent.

作为用于得到将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维的疏水化,例如,可以列举酯化(酰化)(烷基酯化、复合酯化、β-酮酸酯化等)、烷基化、甲苯磺酰化、环氧化、芳基化等。其中,优选酯化。具体来讲,酯化的疏水化纤维素超细纤维可以是将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部通过乙酸、无水乙酸、丙酸、丁酸等羧酸或者其卤化物(特别是氯化物)进行酰化的纤维素超细纤维。作为用于得到使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维的表面处理剂,例如,可以列举硅烷偶联剂等。As hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose microfibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are replaced with hydrophobic groups, for example, esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β- Keto esterification, etc.), alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation, etc. Among them, esterification is preferable. Specifically, esterified hydrophobized cellulose superfine fibers can be obtained by passing part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose through carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, anhydrous acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, or their halides (especially chlorides). Acylated cellulose microfiber. As a surface treatment agent for obtaining the cellulose ultrafine fiber which surface-treated to hydrophobize using a surface treatment agent, a silane coupling agent etc. are mentioned, for example.

对于纤维素类超细纤维,从提高耐弯曲疲劳性方面考虑,优选纤维直径的分布较广,纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm。从上述方面考虑,其纤维直径的分布的下限优选20nm以下,更优选10nm以下。根据相同观点,上限优选优选700nm以上,更优选1μm以上。纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的分布范围优选包含20nm~700mm,更优选包含10nm~1μm。From the viewpoint of improving the bending fatigue resistance, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers preferably have a wide distribution of fiber diameters, and the distribution range of fiber diameters includes 50 to 500 nm. From the viewpoint of the above, the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. The distribution range of the fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is preferably 20 nm to 700 mm, more preferably 10 nm to 1 μm.

橡胶组合物中包含的纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径优选10nm以上,更优选20nm以上,另外,优选700nm以下,更优选100nm以下。The average fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers contained in the rubber composition is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less.

将橡胶组合物的样品冷冻粉碎后,使用透射型电子显微镜(TEM)观察其截面,并且任意选择50根纤维素类超细纤维测量纤维直径,基于该测量结果求出纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径分布。另外,求出该任意选择的50根纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的平均数作为纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径。After the sample of the rubber composition was frozen and pulverized, its cross-section was observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulose-based ultrafine fibers were randomly selected to measure the fiber diameter. Based on the measurement results, the cellulose-based ultrafine fiber Fiber diameter distribution. In addition, the average of the fiber diameters of the 50 arbitrarily selected cellulose-based ultrafine fibers was determined as the average fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是通过机械解纤方法制造的高纵横比的纤维素类超细纤维,也可以是通过化学解纤方法制造的针状结晶体。其中,优选通过机械解纤方法制造。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,可以同时使用通过机械解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维以及通过化学解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维。作为用于机械解纤方法的解纤装置,例如,可以列举双轴混炼机等混炼机、高压均质机、研磨机、砂磨机等。作为用于化学解纤方法的处理,例如,可以列举酸水解处理等。Cellulosic microfibers may be high-aspect-ratio cellulose microfibers produced by mechanical defibration, or needle-like crystals produced by chemical defibration. Among them, it is preferable to manufacture by a mechanical defibrating method. In addition, as the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose-based ultrafine fibers produced by a mechanical defibrating method and cellulose-based ultrafine fibers produced by a chemical defibrating method may be used together. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used in the mechanical defibrating method include kneaders such as twin-screw kneaders, high-pressure homogenizers, grinders, sand mills, and the like. As the treatment used in the chemical defibrating method, for example, acid hydrolysis treatment and the like can be cited.

对于橡胶组合物中的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从提高耐弯曲疲劳性方面考虑,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选1质量份以上,更优选3质量份以上,进一步优选5质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选20质量份以下,进一步优选10质量份以下。The content of the cellulose microfibers in the rubber composition is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, from the viewpoint of improving the bending fatigue resistance. In addition, it is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

作为橡胶配合剂,可以列举加强材料、加工油、加工助剂、硫化促进助剂、交联剂、硫化促进剂、抗老化剂等。Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, processing oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, anti-aging agents, and the like.

作为加强材料,在炭黑中例如可以列举槽法炭黑、SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234等炉法炭黑、FT、MT等热碳黑、乙炔炭黑等。作为加强材料还可以列举二氧化硅。加强材料优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于加强材料的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,优选50~90质量份。As a reinforcing material, in carbon black, for example, channel black, SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234 and other furnace blacks, FT , MT and other thermal carbon black, acetylene carbon black, etc. Silica can also be mentioned as a reinforcing material. The reinforcing material is preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为油,例如,可以列举石油类软化剂、石蜡油等矿物油类油、蓖麻油、棉籽油、亚麻籽油、菜籽油、大豆油、棕榈油、椰子油、花生油、树腊、松香油、松油等植物油。油优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于油的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是10~30质量份。Examples of the oil include petroleum softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin oil, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, coconut oil, peanut oil, tree wax, rosin oil , pine oil and other vegetable oils. The oil is preferably one or more of them. The content of the oil may be, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为加工助剂,例如,可以列举硬脂酸、聚乙烯蜡、脂肪酸的金属盐等。加工助剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于加工助剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.5~2质量份。Examples of processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, metal salts of fatty acids, and the like. Processing aids are preferably one or more of them. The content of the processing aid may be, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为硫化促进助剂,例如,可以列举氧化锌(锌白)、氧化镁等金属氧化物、金属碳酸盐、脂肪酸及其衍生物等。硫化促进助剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于硫化促进助剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以为3~7质量份。Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. The vulcanization accelerator is preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为抗老化剂,例如,可以列举苯并咪唑类抗老化剂、胺酮类抗老化剂、二胺类抗老化剂、苯酚类抗老化剂等。抗老化剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于抗老化剂的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.1~5质量份。As an antiaging agent, a benzimidazole type antiaging agent, an amine type antiaging agent, a diamine type antiaging agent, a phenol type antiaging agent etc. are mentioned, for example. The anti-aging agent is preferably one or two or more of them. The content of the antiaging agent may be, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

作为助交联剂,例如,可以列举马来酰亚胺类、TAIC、1,2-聚丁二烯、肟类、胍以及三羟甲基丙烷三甲基丙烯酸酯类物质以及液态橡胶等。助交联剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于助交联剂含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.5~30质量份。Examples of auxiliary crosslinking agents include maleimides, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine and trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, liquid rubber, and the like. Auxiliary crosslinking agents are preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the auxiliary crosslinking agent may be, for example, 0.5 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

作为交联剂,可以列举硫以及有机过氧化物。作为交联剂,可以配合硫,也可以配合有机过氧化物,也可以同时使用这两者。对于交联剂的配合量,在硫的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是1~5质量份,在有机过氧化物的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是1~5质量份。Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be added, an organic peroxide may be added, or both may be used in combination. The amount of the crosslinking agent may be, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, or 1 to 5 parts by mass in the case of organic peroxides with respect to the rubber composition 100 parts by mass of the rubber component may be, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

作为硫化促进剂,例如,可以列举秋兰姆类(例如TETD、TT、TRA等)、噻唑类(例如MBT、MBTS等)、亚磺酰胺类(例如CZ等)、二硫代氨基甲酸酯类(例如BZ-P等)等。硫化促进剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于硫化促进剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以为1~3质量份。As the vulcanization accelerator, for example, thiurams (such as TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazoles (such as MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamides (such as CZ, etc.), dithiocarbamates (such as BZ-P, etc.) and so on. The vulcanization accelerator is preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

在用于构成压缩橡胶层11、粘合橡胶层12以及背面橡胶层13的橡胶组合物中,可以含有纤维直径为10μm以上的短纤维16。特别是,优选在形成用于构成带轮接触部分的压缩橡胶层11的橡胶组合物中含有短纤维16。在该情况下,优选在压缩橡胶层11中以沿带宽方向取向的方式含有短纤维16,另外,优选压缩橡胶层11的在V形肋15表面露出的短纤维16的一部分从表面突出。此外,短纤维16可以不是配合于橡胶组合物的结构,而是在压缩橡胶层11的V形肋15表面移植短纤维的结构。In the rubber composition constituting the compression rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the back rubber layer 13, short fibers 16 having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more may be contained. In particular, it is preferable to contain the short fibers 16 in the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 11 constituting the pulley contact portion. In this case, the compressed rubber layer 11 preferably contains the short fibers 16 oriented in the belt width direction, and a part of the short fibers 16 exposed on the surface of the V-shaped rib 15 of the compressed rubber layer 11 preferably protrudes from the surface. In addition, the short fibers 16 may have a structure in which the short fibers are implanted on the surface of the V-shaped rib 15 of the compression rubber layer 11 instead of being blended with the rubber composition.

作为短纤维16,例如,可以列举尼龙短纤维、维尼纶短纤维、芳香族聚酰胺短纤维、聚酯短纤维、绵短纤维。例如,可以将实施了浸渍于RFL水溶液等后加热的粘合处理的长纤维切断为规定长度来制造短纤维16。短纤维16的长度例如可以是0.2~5.0mm,纤维直径例如可以是10~50μm。Examples of the staple fibers 16 include nylon staple fibers, vinylon staple fibers, aramid staple fibers, polyester staple fibers, and cotton staple fibers. For example, the short fibers 16 can be produced by cutting long fibers that have been subjected to a bonding treatment of immersion in an RFL aqueous solution or the like and then heated to a predetermined length. The length of the short fibers 16 may be, for example, 0.2 to 5.0 mm, and the fiber diameter may be, for example, 10 to 50 μm.

对于短纤维16的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选5质量份以上,更优选10质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选20质量份以下。对于短纤维16的含量,优选比纤维素类超细纤维的含量多。短纤维16的含量与纤维素类超细纤维的含量之比(短纤维16的含量相对于纤维素类超细纤维的含量)优选1以上,更优选2以上,另外,优选15以下,更优选5以下。对于纤维素类超细纤维与短纤维16的总含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选1质量份以上,更优选5质量份以上,另外,优选25质量份以下,更优选15质量份以下。The content of short fibers 16 is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. The content of short fibers 16 is preferably larger than the content of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers. The ratio of the content of short fibers 16 to the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers (the content of short fibers 16 relative to the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 15 or less, more preferably 5 or less. The total content of cellulosic microfibers and short fibers 16 is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. the following.

通过由聚酰胺纤维、聚酯纤维、芳香族聚酰胺纤维、聚酰胺纤维等形成的捻线来构成芯线14。芯线14的直径例如可以是0.5~2.5mm,截面中彼此相邻的芯线14中心之间的尺寸例如可以是0.05~0.20mm。对芯线14实施相对于多楔带主体10具有粘合性的粘合处理。The core wire 14 is constituted by a twisted yarn formed of polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber, or the like. The diameter of the core wire 14 may be, for example, 0.5-2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 14 in the cross section may be, for example, 0.05-0.20 mm. The core wire 14 is subjected to an adhesive treatment to be adhesive to the V-ribbed belt main body 10 .

下面,图12表示使用实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B的汽车的辅机驱动带传动装置20的带轮设计。该辅机驱动带传动装置20是将多楔带B卷绕在4个肋轮以及2个平轮的6个带轮上从而传递动力的蛇形驱动式装置。Next, FIG. 12 shows a pulley design of an auxiliary drive belt transmission 20 for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment. This auxiliary machine drive belt transmission 20 is a serpentine drive type device that transmits power by winding a V-ribbed belt B around six pulleys including four rib pulleys and two flat pulleys.

在该辅机驱动带传动装置20中,在最上面位置设置有作为肋轮的动力转向带轮21,在该动力转向带轮21的下方设置有作为肋轮的AC发生器带轮22。另外,在动力转向带轮21的左下方设置有作为平轮的拉紧带轮23,在该拉紧带轮23的下方设置有作为平轮的水泵带轮24。并且,在拉紧带轮23的左下方设置有作为肋轮的曲轴带轮25,在该曲轴带轮25的右下方设置有作为肋轮的空调带轮26。这些带轮例如可以由金属的冲压加工件、铸件或者尼龙树脂、苯酚树脂等树脂成型品构成,另外,带轮直径可以为50~150mm。In this auxiliary machine drive belt transmission 20 , a power steering pulley 21 as a rib pulley is provided at the uppermost position, and an AC generator pulley 22 as a rib pulley is provided below the power steering pulley 21 . Further, a tension pulley 23 as a flat pulley is provided on the lower left of the power steering pulley 21 , and a water pump pulley 24 as a flat pulley is provided below the tension pulley 23 . Further, a crank pulley 25 as a rib pulley is provided on the lower left of the tension pulley 23 , and an air conditioner pulley 26 as a rib pulley is provided on the lower right of the crank pulley 25 . These pulleys can be made of, for example, metal stamped parts, castings, or resin molded products such as nylon resin and phenol resin. In addition, the diameter of the pulley It can be 50-150mm.

并且,在该辅机驱动带传动装置20中,多楔带B设置为:以V形肋16侧接触的方式卷绕在动力转向带轮21上,然后,以带背面接触的方式卷绕在拉紧带轮23上后,以V形肋16侧接触的方式依次卷绕在曲轴带轮25以及空调带轮26上,然后,以带背面接触的方式卷绕在水泵带轮24上,然后,以V形肋16侧接触的方式卷绕在AC发生器带轮22上,最后返回至动力转向带轮21。架设在带轮间的多楔带B的长度即带的跨度长例如可以是50~300mm。带轮间能够发生的轴心差可以是0~2°。In addition, in this auxiliary machine drive belt transmission 20, the V-ribbed belt B is wound around the power steering pulley 21 so that the side of the V-shaped rib 16 is in contact, and then wound around the V-shaped rib 16 so that the back side thereof is in contact with the V-rib. After the pulley 23 is tightened, it is wound on the crankshaft pulley 25 and the air conditioner pulley 26 successively in a manner of contacting the side of the V-shaped rib 16, and then wound on the water pump pulley 24 in a manner of contacting the back side of the belt, and then , winds on the AC generator pulley 22 in such a way that the V-shaped rib 16 side contacts, and finally returns to the power steering pulley 21 . The length of the V-ribbed belt B stretched between the pulleys, that is, the span length of the belt, may be, for example, 50 to 300 mm. The axial center difference that can occur between the pulleys can be 0 to 2°.

(多楔带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of V-belt B)

实施方式2所涉及的多楔带B的制造方法与实施方式1所涉及的多楔带相同。The method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment is the same as that of the V-ribbed belt according to the first embodiment.

-实施例--Example-

[多楔带][ribbed belt]

制作以下实施例4-1~实施例4-9以及比较例4的多楔带。表4中示出了各细节。The V-ribbed belts of the following Examples 4-1 to 4-9 and Comparative Example 4 were produced. Details are shown in Table 4.

<实施例4-1><Example 4-1>

调制在甲苯中分散有以木材为原料的粉末纤维素(日本制纸公司生产商品名:KCFLOCK W-50GK)的分散体,使用高压均质机,使该分散体彼此撞击,将粉末纤维素分离成纤维素超细纤维,得到在甲苯中分散有纤维素超细纤维的分散体。由此,通过机械解纤方法制造纤维素超细纤维,另外,没有进行疏水化处理。Prepare a dispersion of powdered cellulose (manufactured by Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.: KCFLOCK W-50GK) dispersed in toluene, and use a high-pressure homogenizer to collide the dispersion with each other to separate the powdered cellulose. Cellulose ultrafine fibers were formed to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose ultrafine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Thus, cellulose microfibers were produced by a mechanical defibration method, and no hydrophobizing treatment was performed.

然后,将在甲苯中分散有纤维素超细纤维的该分散体与在甲苯中溶解有三元乙丙橡胶(JSR公司生产商品名:EP33,以下称为“EPDM”)的溶液配合,使甲苯汽化,制作纤维素超细纤维/EPDM的母料。Then, this dispersion in which cellulose microfibers were dispersed in toluene was mixed with a solution in which ethylene-propylene-diene rubber (trade name: EP33 manufactured by JSR Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "EPDM") was dissolved in toluene, and the toluene was vaporized. , to make masterbatch of cellulose microfiber/EPDM.

然后,将EPDM塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。对于母料的投入量,在EPDM的总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份。Then, EPDM was masticated, and a masterbatch was put thereinto and kneaded. Regarding the input amount of the masterbatch, when the total amount of EPDM is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfibers is 1 part by mass.

然后,将EPDM与纤维素超细纤维混炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的EPDM的60质量份的HAF炭黑(三菱化学公司生产商品名:DiablackH)、15质量份的加工油(SUN石油公司生产商品名:SUNPAR2280)、1质量份的作为加工助剂的硬脂酸(新日本理化公司生产商品名:硬脂酸50S)、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌(界化学公司生产商品名:氧化锌三种)、2.5质量份的苯并咪唑类抗老化剂(大内新兴化学工业公司生产商品名:NocracMB)、2.3质量份的作为交联剂的硫(细井化学公司生产商品名:油硫)以及2质量份的秋兰姆类硫化促进剂(大内新兴化学工业公司生产商品名:Nocseller TET-G),继续混炼,从而制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, EPDM and cellulose microfibers were kneaded, and 60 parts by mass of HAF carbon black (trade name produced by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: Diablack H), 15 parts by mass of EPDM relative to 100 parts by mass of EPDM, and 15 parts by mass were added thereto. Oil (trade name: SUNPAR2280 manufactured by Sun Petroleum Co., Ltd.), 1 part by mass of stearic acid (trade name manufactured by Shin Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.: stearic acid 50S) as a processing aid, 5 parts by mass of oxidation-promoting agent as a vulcanization accelerator Zinc (trade name produced by Kai Chemical Co., Ltd.: three kinds of zinc oxide), 2.5 parts by mass of benzimidazole anti-aging agent (trade name produced by Ouchi Shining Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: NocracMB), 2.3 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent (trade name produced by Hosoi Chemical Co., Ltd.: oil sulfur) and 2 mass parts of thiuram vulcanization accelerators (trade name produced by Ouchi Shining Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: Nocseller TET-G), continue to knead, thereby making uncrosslinked rubber composition.

使用该未交联橡胶组合物,制作与以纹理方向为带宽方向形成压缩橡胶层的实施方式2同样结构的实施例4-1的多楔带。Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a V-ribbed belt of Example 4-1 having the same structure as Embodiment 2 in which the compression rubber layer was formed with the grain direction as the belt width direction was produced.

对于实施例4-1的多楔带,带长为1400mm,带宽为2.2mm,带厚为4.5mm,V形肋数量为3个。此外,粘合橡胶层以及背面橡胶层由不含有纤维素超细纤维以及短纤维的橡胶组合物形成,芯线由实施了粘合处理的聚酯纤维制捻线形成。For the V-ribbed belt of Example 4-1, the belt length is 1400mm, the belt width is 2.2mm, the belt thickness is 4.5mm, and the number of V-shaped ribs is 3. In addition, the adhesive rubber layer and the back rubber layer are formed of a rubber composition that does not contain cellulose microfibers and short fibers, and the core thread is formed of a twisted polyester fiber that has been subjected to an adhesive treatment.

<实施例4-2><Example 4-2>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为3质量份以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-2的多楔带。The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1 except that the content of the cellulose ultrafine fibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-3><Example 4-3>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为5质量份以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-3的多楔带。The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1, except that the content of the cellulose ultrafine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-4><Example 4-4>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为10质量份以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-4的多楔带。The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1, except that the content of the cellulose ultrafine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-5><Example 4-5>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为15质量份以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-5的多楔带。The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1 except that the content of the cellulose ultrafine fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-6><Example 4-6>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为25质量份以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-6的多楔带。The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1 except that the content of the cellulose microfiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-7><Example 4-7>

除了在用于压缩橡胶层的未交联橡胶组合物含有相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的14质量份的尼龙短纤维(帝人公司生产商品名:CFN3000纤维直径:26μm纤维长度:3mm)以外,与实施例4-1同样制作实施例4-7的多楔带。短纤维的含量与纤维素类超细纤维的含量之比(表4的“B/A”)为14。相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,纤维素类超细纤维以及短纤维的总含量(表4的“A+B”)为15质量份。Except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition used for the compression rubber layer contains 14 parts by mass of nylon short fibers (trade name produced by Teijin Corporation: CFN3000 fiber diameter: 26 μm fiber length: 3 mm) relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, The V-ribbed belt of Example 4-7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1. The ratio of the content of short fibers to the content of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers ("B/A" in Table 4) was 14. The total content of cellulosic ultrafine fibers and short fibers ("A+B" in Table 4) was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-8><Example 4-8>

除了在用于压缩橡胶层的未交联橡胶组合物中含有相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的12质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,与实施例4-2同样制作实施例4-8的多楔带。短纤维的含量与纤维素类超细纤维的含量之比(B/A)为4。相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,纤维素类超细纤维以及短纤维的总含量(A+B)为15质量份。The multi-rib of Example 4-8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-2, except that the non-crosslinked rubber composition used for the compression rubber layer contained 12 parts by mass of nylon short fibers relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. bring. The ratio (B/A) of the short fiber content to the cellulose ultrafine fiber content was 4. The total content (A+B) of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers and short fibers was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例4-9><Example 4-9>

除了在用于压缩橡胶层的未交联橡胶组合物中含有相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的10质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,与实施例4-3同样制作实施例4-9的多楔带。短纤维的含量与纤维素类超细纤维的含量之比(短纤维的含量相对于纤维素类超细纤维的含量)为3。相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,纤维素类超细纤维以及短纤维的总含量为15质量份。The multi-rib of Example 4-9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 4-3, except that 10 parts by mass of nylon staple fiber was contained in the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compression rubber layer relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. bring. The ratio of the content of short fibers to the content of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers (the content of short fibers relative to the content of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers) was 3. The total content of cellulose-based microfibers and short fibers was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<比较例4><Comparative example 4>

除了在用于压缩橡胶层的未交联橡胶组合物中未含有纤维素超细纤维并且含有相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的15质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,与实施例4-1同样制作比较例4的多楔带。Produced in the same manner as in Example 4-1, except that the non-crosslinked rubber composition used for the compression rubber layer did not contain cellulose microfibers and contained 15 parts by mass of nylon short fibers relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. The V-ribbed belt of Comparative Example 4.

[表4][Table 4]

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

<平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter, fiber diameter distribution>

将采集的构成实施例4-1~4-5各多楔带的压缩橡胶层的橡胶组合物的样品冷冻粉碎后,使用扫描型电子显微镜(SEM)观察其截面,并且,任意选择50根纤维测量纤维直径,求出其平均数作为平均纤维直径。另外,求出50根纤维素超细纤维中的纤维直径的最大值以及最小值。After the sample of the rubber composition of the compression rubber layer of each V-ribbed belt collected in Examples 4-1 to 4-5 was frozen and pulverized, the cross-section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and 50 fibers were arbitrarily selected The fiber diameters were measured, and the average was obtained as the average fiber diameter. In addition, the maximum and minimum values of the fiber diameters among the 50 cellulose ultrafine fibers were obtained.

<摩擦系数测量试验><Friction Coefficient Measurement Test>

图17表示摩擦系数测量装置140。FIG. 17 shows a friction coefficient measuring device 140 .

该摩擦系数测量装置140由试验带轮141以及设置在其一侧的载荷单元142构成,该试验带轮141由带轮直径为75mm的肋轮构成。试验带轮141由铁类的材料S45C构成。多楔带的试验片143从载荷单元142沿水平延伸后卷绕在试验带轮141上,即,以与试验带轮141的卷绕角度为90°的方式设置。The friction coefficient measuring device 140 is composed of a test pulley 141 and a load cell 142 provided on one side thereof. The test pulley 141 is composed of a rib pulley with a pulley diameter of 75 mm. The test pulley 141 is made of iron-based material S45C. The test piece 143 of the V-ribbed belt extends horizontally from the load cell 142 and is wound around the test pulley 141 , that is, it is installed so that the winding angle with respect to the test pulley 141 is 90°.

将实施例4-1~4-9以及比较例4的各多楔带切断,制作带状的试验片143,将其一端固定在载荷单元142上,卷绕试验带轮141,在另一端悬挂安装砝码144。然后,在环境温度25℃,在使砝码144下降的方向上使试验带轮141以43rpm的转速旋转,在旋转开始后60秒的时刻,通过载荷单元142检测试验片143的试验带轮141与载荷单元142之间的水平部分所承受的张力Tt。此外,试验片143的试验带轮141与砝码144的垂直部分所承受张力Ts是砝码144的重量即17.15N。然后,基于Euler的公式,通过下面的公式(2)求出压缩橡胶层表面干燥时的摩擦系数μ。此外,θ=π/2。Each V-ribbed belt of Examples 4-1 to 4-9 and Comparative Example 4 was cut to make a strip-shaped test piece 143, one end of which was fixed on the load cell 142, the test pulley 141 was wound, and the other end was hung Weight 144 is installed. Then, at an ambient temperature of 25° C., the test pulley 141 is rotated at a rotation speed of 43 rpm in a direction in which the weight 144 is lowered, and the test pulley 141 of the test piece 143 is detected by the load cell 142 at 60 seconds after the start of the rotation. The tension Tt borne by the horizontal portion between the load cell 142 and the load cell 142 . In addition, the tension Ts applied to the vertical portion between the test pulley 141 and the weight 144 of the test piece 143 was 17.15N which is the weight of the weight 144 . Then, based on Euler's formula, the friction coefficient μ when the surface of the compression rubber layer is dry is obtained by the following formula (2). Also, θ=π/2.

[公式2][Formula 2]

另外,在试验带轮141上设置水,在水干时实施同样的试验,然后,求出从水干时的摩擦系数中减去干燥时的摩擦系数的差。In addition, water was set on the test pulley 141, and the same test was carried out when the water was dry, and then the difference in which the coefficient of friction when dry was subtracted from the friction coefficient when water was dry was obtained.

<耐磨损性评估带运转试验><Abrasion Resistance Evaluation Tape Running Test>

图18表示用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机150的带轮设计。用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机150具备带轮直径为60mm的驱动肋轮151以及设置在其右侧的带轮直径为60mm的从动肋轮152。从动肋轮152设置为左右可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对多楔带B施加张力。Figure 18 shows the pulley design of a belt running tester 150 used to evaluate wear resistance. The belt running tester 150 for evaluating wear resistance has a pulley diameter A driving rib pulley 151 with a diameter of 60 mm and a driven rib pulley 152 with a pulley diameter of 60 mm arranged on its right side. The driven rib pulley 152 is movable left and right so that it can receive an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B.

对于实施例4-1~实施例4-9以及比较例4的各多楔带,在测量带质量后,卷绕在用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机150的驱动肋轮151与从动肋轮152之间,从动肋轮152向右侧承受490N的轴向载荷,对多楔带B施加张力,并且,施加5.9kW(8PS)的旋转负荷,在常温环境下,使驱动肋轮151以3500rpm的转速旋转,运转带。然后,在运转开始24小时后停止运转带运转,测量多楔带的带质量,并且求出质量减少量的百分率。For each V-ribbed belt of Example 4-1 to Example 4-9 and Comparative Example 4, after measuring the quality of the belt, it was wound around the driving rib pulley 151 and the belt running tester 150 for evaluating wear resistance. Between the driven rib pulleys 152, the driven rib pulley 152 bears an axial load of 490N to the right, applies tension to the V-ribbed belt B, and applies a rotational load of 5.9kW (8PS). The rib wheel 151 rotates at 3500 rpm to run the belt. Then, 24 hours after the start of the operation, the belt operation was stopped, the belt mass of the V-ribbed belt was measured, and the percentage of mass reduction was obtained.

<耐弯曲疲劳性评估带运转试验><Evaluation of bending fatigue resistance with running test>

图19表示用于评估耐弯曲疲劳性的带运转试验机160的带轮设计。Figure 19 shows the pulley design of a belt running tester 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance.

用于评估耐弯曲疲劳性的带运转试验机160具备带轮直径为60mm的驱动肋轮161、设置在其上方的带轮直径为60mm的第一从动肋轮162a、设置在驱动肋轮161与第一从动肋轮162a的中间部的右侧的带轮直径为60mm的第二从动肋轮162b、以及上下隔开间隔设置在驱动肋轮161与第一从动肋轮162a的中间部的右侧的带轮直径分别为50mm的一对导轮163。第一从动肋轮162a设置为上下可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对多楔带B施加张力。此外,在该用于评估耐弯曲疲劳性的带运转试验机160中,使多楔带B向背面侧弯曲,使V形肋前端的变形变大,加速弯曲疲劳。The belt running tester 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance has a pulley diameter Be the driving rib pulley 161 of 60mm, the belt pulley diameter that is arranged on its top The first driven rib pulley 162a is 60mm, and the pulley diameter is set on the right side of the intermediate portion between the driving rib pulley 161 and the first driven rib pulley 162a The second driven rib pulley 162b of 60mm, and the pulley diameter arranged on the right side of the middle part between the drive rib pulley 161 and the first driven rib pulley 162a at intervals up and down A pair of guide wheels 163 with a diameter of 50mm respectively. The first driven rib pulley 162a is vertically movable so as to receive an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B. In addition, in this belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance, the V-ribbed belt B is bent toward the back side, and the deformation of the front end of the V-shaped rib is increased to accelerate bending fatigue.

对于实施例4-1~实施例4-9以及比较例4的各多楔带,以压缩橡胶层与驱动肋轮161、第一以及第二从动肋轮162a、162b接触、背面橡胶层与导轮163接触的方式分别卷绕在用于评估耐弯曲疲劳性的带运转试验机160上,另外,第一从动肋轮162a向上方承受588N的轴向载荷,对多楔带B施加张力,在70℃的环境温度下,使驱动肋轮161以5100rpm的转速旋转,运转带。然后,定期停止运转带,并且目视确认压缩橡胶层是否产生裂痕,将直至确认产生裂痕的带运转时间作为裂痕产生寿命。For each V-ribbed belt of Example 4-1 to Example 4-9 and Comparative Example 4, the compression rubber layer is in contact with the driving rib wheel 161, the first and second driven rib wheels 162a, 162b, and the back rubber layer is in contact with the rib wheel. The guide pulleys 163 are respectively wound on the belt running test machine 160 for evaluating the bending fatigue resistance. In addition, the first driven rib pulley 162a receives an axial load of 588N upward to apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B. , at an ambient temperature of 70° C., the driving rib pulley 161 was rotated at a rotational speed of 5100 rpm to run the belt. Then, the belt was periodically stopped, and the compression rubber layer was visually checked for cracks, and the belt running time until cracks were confirmed was defined as the crack occurrence life.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表2中示出了实验结果。此外,在下面不特别说明的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量是指相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的质量份。Table 2 shows the experimental results. In addition, unless otherwise specified below, the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers means parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter, fiber diameter distribution>

形成实施例4-1~实施例4-9的各多楔带的压缩橡胶层的橡胶组合物中含有的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的分布均较为广泛。The fiber diameter distribution of the cellulose ultrafine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer of each V-ribbed belt of Example 4-1 to Example 4-9 was wide.

<摩擦系数><Friction Coefficient>

比较例4的摩擦系数为0.6,与此相对,实施例4-1~实施例4-9的摩擦系数为0.6~1.1的范围,与比较例4相同或者稍大于比较例4。但是,实施例4-1~实施例4-9的所有实施例中,干燥时的摩擦系数与水干时的摩擦系数的变化量(增加量)小于比较例4时的0.9。特别是,纤维素超细纤维的含量为5质量份以上的实施例4-3~实施例4-6以及包含纤维素超细纤维以及尼龙短纤维两者的实施例4-7~实施例4-9中,增加量为-0.05~0.05,接近0,由此可知,可以抑制溅水后水干时的摩擦系数增加。即使在纤维素超细纤维的含量最少(1质量份)的实施例4-1的情况下,摩擦系数的变化为0.5,与比较例4相比,也是接近一半的值。The friction coefficient of Comparative Example 4 was 0.6, whereas the friction coefficients of Examples 4-1 to 4-9 were in the range of 0.6 to 1.1, which was the same as Comparative Example 4 or slightly larger than that of Comparative Example 4. However, in all of Examples 4-1 to 4-9, the amount of change (amount of increase) between the friction coefficient when dry and the friction coefficient when water dried was smaller than 0.9 in Comparative Example 4. In particular, Examples 4-3 to 4-6 in which the content of cellulose microfibers is 5 parts by mass or more and Examples 4-7 to 4 containing both cellulose microfibers and nylon staple fibers In -9, the amount of increase is -0.05 to 0.05, which is close to 0. From this, it can be seen that the increase in the friction coefficient when the water dries after splashing can be suppressed. Even in the case of Example 4-1 in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was the lowest (1 part by mass), the change in the coefficient of friction was 0.5, which was a value close to half of that of Comparative Example 4.

由此可知,通过在形成压缩橡胶层的橡胶组合物中含有纤维素超细纤维,能够抑制溅水后的摩擦系数变化。在不含有尼龙短纤维而仅含有纤维素超细纤维或者含有尼龙短纤维以及纤维素类超细纤维两者的情况下,都能够发挥这种效果。From this, it was found that by including cellulose microfibers in the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer, the change in the coefficient of friction after splashing water can be suppressed. This effect can be exerted even when nylon staple fibers are not included but only cellulose microfibers are contained, or both nylon staple fibers and cellulose microfibers are contained.

<耐磨损性><Wear resistance>

比较例4的质量减少量即磨损率为3.2%,与此相对,即使是纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份的实施例4-1也可以改善为2.8%,由此可知,随着纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,耐磨损性提高(在实施例4-2~实施例4-6中,依次为2.7、2.1、1.9、1.8以及1.7)。但是,纤维素超细纤维的含量超过10质量份时,即使继续增加含量,改善效果也较小(实施例4-4~实施例4-6)。The amount of mass loss in Comparative Example 4, that is, the wear rate was 3.2%. In contrast, Example 4-1, in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 1 part by mass, could be improved to 2.8%. The content of cellulose microfibers increased, and the abrasion resistance improved (in Example 4-2 to Example 4-6, 2.7, 2.1, 1.9, 1.8, and 1.7 in this order). However, when the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers exceeds 10 parts by mass, even if the content is increased further, the improvement effect is small (Example 4-4 to Example 4-6).

另外,含有15质量份的尼龙短纤维的比较例4的质量减少量为3.2%,另外,纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份的实施例4-1为2.8%,与之相比,尼龙短纤维的含量为14质量份以及纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份的实施例4-7为2.3%。即,由此可知,通过含有尼龙短纤维以及纤维素超细纤维两者,可以进一步提高耐磨损性。通过实施例4-7~实施例4-9可知,虽然纤维素超细纤维以及尼龙短纤维的含量合计相同,但是,增加纤维素超细纤维的含量比例可以更有效地提高耐磨损性。In addition, the amount of mass loss in Comparative Example 4 containing 15 parts by mass of nylon staple fibers was 3.2%, and in Example 4-1 in which the content of cellulose microfibers was 1 part by mass was 2.8%. In Examples 4-7 in which the content of nylon short fibers was 14 parts by mass and the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 1 part by mass, it was 2.3%. That is, from this, it can be seen that abrasion resistance can be further improved by including both nylon short fibers and cellulose microfibers. From Examples 4-7 to 4-9, it can be seen that although the total content of cellulose ultrafine fibers and nylon short fibers is the same, increasing the content ratio of cellulose ultrafine fibers can more effectively improve the abrasion resistance.

<耐弯曲疲劳性><Bending Fatigue Resistance>

在尼龙短纤维的含量为15质量份的比较例4中,裂痕产生寿命为520小时,与此相对,在纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份的实施例4-1中,裂痕产生寿命为1205小时,改善为两倍以上。通过将纤维素超细纤维的含量增加至3质量份,可以进一步改善裂痕产生寿命(实施例4-2),但是,继续增加时,裂痕产生寿命反而变短(实施例4-3~实施例4-6)。然而,即使在纤维素超细纤维的含量为25质量份的实施例4-6中,裂痕产生寿命也为900小时,与比较例4相比也得到了大幅度的改善。In Comparative Example 4, in which the content of nylon short fibers was 15 parts by mass, the crack generation life was 520 hours, whereas in Example 4-1, in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 1 mass part, the crack generation life was 520 hours. It was 1205 hours, an improvement of more than two times. By increasing the content of cellulose microfibers to 3 parts by mass, the life of crack generation can be further improved (Example 4-2), but, when continuing to increase, the life of crack generation becomes shorter instead (Example 4-3~Example 4-3). 4-6). However, even in Examples 4-6 in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 25 parts by mass, the crack occurrence life was 900 hours, which was significantly improved compared with Comparative Example 4.

由此可见,在同时使用纤维素超细纤维以及尼龙短纤维的情况下,可以相比比较例4更好地提高耐弯曲疲劳性。另外,通过增加纤维素超细纤维的含量的比例,可以提高耐弯曲疲劳性(实施例4-7~实施例4-9)。From this, it can be seen that when cellulose microfibers and nylon staple fibers are used together, the bending fatigue resistance can be improved better than in Comparative Example 4. In addition, by increasing the ratio of the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers, the bending fatigue resistance can be improved (Example 4-7 to Example 4-9).

如上所述,通过在形成压缩橡胶层的橡胶组合物中含有纤维素超细纤维,能够制作摩擦系数的稳定性(抑制溅水引起的变化)、耐磨损性、耐弯曲疲劳性等得到改善的多楔带。As described above, by including cellulose microfibers in the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer, the stability of the coefficient of friction (suppression of changes caused by splashing water), abrasion resistance, bending fatigue resistance, etc. can be improved. V-ribbed belt.

[实施方式3][Embodiment 3]

(平带C)(flat belt C)

图13示意性表示实施方式3的平带C。实施方式3所涉及的平带C例如是用于送风机、压缩机、发电机等驱动传递用途、汽车的辅机驱动用途等高负荷条件下使用的要求较长寿命的动力传递部件。对于平带C,例如,带长为600~3000mm,带宽为10~20mm,带厚为2~3.5mm。FIG. 13 schematically shows a flat belt C according to the third embodiment. The flat belt C according to Embodiment 3 is, for example, a power transmission member requiring a long life and used under high load conditions such as drive transmission of blowers, compressors, generators, etc., and driving of auxiliary equipment of automobiles. For the flat belt C, for example, the belt length is 600-3000 mm, the belt width is 10-20 mm, and the belt thickness is 2-3.5 mm.

实施方式3所涉及的平带C具备带内周侧的内侧橡胶层121、该带外周侧的粘合橡胶层122以及该带的进一步外周侧的外侧橡胶层123以层叠方式设置从而一体化的平带主体120。在粘合橡胶层122中,在其带厚方向的中间部,以在带宽方向上形成具有螺距的螺旋的方式埋设有芯线124。The flat belt C according to Embodiment 3 includes an inner rubber layer 121 on the inner peripheral side of the belt, an adhesive rubber layer 122 on the outer peripheral side of the belt, and an outer rubber layer 123 on the further outer peripheral side of the belt, which are laminated and integrated. Flat belt body 120 . In the adhesive rubber layer 122 , a core wire 124 is embedded so as to form a helix having a pitch in the belt width direction at an intermediate portion in the belt thickness direction.

内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123分别形成为截面呈横长方形的带状,由橡胶组合物形成,该橡胶组合物通过对在橡胶成分中配合各种配合剂并混炼的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。内侧橡胶层121的厚度优选0.3mm以上,更优选0.5mm以上,另外,优选3.0mm以下,更优选2.5mm以下。粘合橡胶层122的厚度例如可以为0.6~1.5mm。外侧橡胶层123的厚度例如可以为0.6~1.5mm。The inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 are each formed in a strip shape with a horizontally rectangular cross section, and are formed of a rubber composition obtained by mixing various compounding agents with the rubber component and kneading them. The uncrosslinked rubber composition is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. The thickness of the inner rubber layer 121 is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 mm or less. The thickness of the adhesive rubber layer 122 may be, for example, 0.6-1.5 mm. The thickness of the outer rubber layer 123 may be, for example, 0.6 to 1.5 mm.

形成内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123的橡胶组合物中的至少一种含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。优选形成内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123的所有橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维,但是,更优选至少形成内侧橡胶层121的橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维。At least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121 , the adhesive rubber layer 122 , and the outer rubber layer 123 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, but it is more preferable that at least the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers. fiber.

形成内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123的橡胶组合物具有与实施方式2的形成压缩橡胶层111、粘合橡胶层112以及背面橡胶层113的橡胶组合物相同的结构。纤维素类超细纤维也具有与实施方式2相同的结构。The rubber composition forming inner rubber layer 121 , adhesive rubber layer 122 , and outer rubber layer 123 has the same structure as the rubber composition forming compression rubber layer 111 , adhesive rubber layer 112 , and rear rubber layer 113 in Embodiment 2. Cellulosic microfibers also have the same structure as Embodiment 2.

在形成内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123的橡胶组合物中,可以含有短纤维126。特别是优选在形成内侧橡胶层121的橡胶组合物中含有短纤维126。在该情况下,优选在内侧橡胶层121中以沿带宽方向取向的方式含有短纤维126。短纤维126具有与实施方式2相同的结构。Short fibers 126 may be contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 , the adhesive rubber layer 122 , and the outer rubber layer 123 . In particular, the short fibers 126 are preferably contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 . In this case, the short fibers 126 are preferably contained in the inner rubber layer 121 so as to be oriented in the belt width direction. The short fibers 126 have the same structure as that of the second embodiment.

另外,芯线124具有与实施方式2相同的结构。In addition, the core wire 124 has the same structure as Embodiment 2.

根据实施方式3所涉及的平带C,形成用于构成这种平带主体120的内侧橡胶层121、粘合橡胶层122以及外侧橡胶层123的橡胶组合物中的至少一种含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到优异的耐弯曲疲劳性。另外,特别是在形成用于构成接触部分的内侧橡胶层121的橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维的情况下,能够得到较高的耐磨损性,并且得到稳定的摩擦系数。According to the flat belt C according to Embodiment 3, at least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 constituting the flat belt main body 120 contains a fiber diameter Since the distribution range includes cellulose-based ultrafine fibers of 50 to 500 nm, excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained. In addition, especially when the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 constituting the contact portion contains cellulose-based microfibers, high abrasion resistance can be obtained and a stable friction coefficient can be obtained.

(平带C的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of flat belt C)

基于图14、图15以及图16对实施方式3所涉及的平带C的制造方法进行说明。The manufacturing method of the flat belt C which concerns on Embodiment 3 is demonstrated based on FIG.14, FIG.15, and FIG.16.

实施方式3所涉及的平带C的制造方法具有材料准备工序、成型工序、交联工序以及最终加工工序。The manufacturing method of the flat belt C according to Embodiment 3 includes a material preparation step, a molding step, a crosslinking step, and a final processing step.

<材料准备工序><Material preparation process>

与实施方式2同样的方式制作用于内侧橡胶层、粘合橡胶层以及外侧橡胶层的未交联橡胶片121’、122’、123’,其中含有纤维素类超细纤维。此外,通过在橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂,使用捏合机、班伯里密炼机等混炼机进行混炼,将得到的未交联橡胶组合物通过压延成型等成型为片状从而制作不含有纤维素类超细纤维的片。Uncrosslinked rubber sheets 121', 122', 123' for the inner rubber layer, the adhesive rubber layer, and the outer rubber layer were fabricated in the same manner as in Embodiment 2, containing cellulose-based microfibers. In addition, by mixing various rubber compounding ingredients into the rubber component, kneading using a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and molding the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition into a sheet form by calender molding or the like, Create sheets that do not contain cellulose-based microfibers.

另外,与实施方式2同样,对芯线124’实施粘合处理。In addition, as in Embodiment 2, the bonding process is performed on the core wire 124'.

<成型工序><Molding process>

如图14(a)所示,在圆筒模具145的外周卷绕用于内侧橡胶层的未交联橡胶片121’后,在其上面卷绕用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片122’。As shown in Figure 14 (a), after the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 121' for the inner rubber layer is wound on the periphery of the cylindrical mold 145, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the adhesive rubber layer is wound thereon. 122'.

然后,如图14(b)所示,在用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片122'上以螺旋状卷绕芯线124'后,在其上面卷绕用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片122’。Then, as shown in FIG. 14(b), after the core wire 124' is wound helically on the non-crosslinked rubber sheet 122' for bonding the rubber layer, the rubber sheet for bonding the rubber layer is wound thereon. Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122'.

然后,如图14(c)所示,在用于粘合橡胶层的未交联橡胶片122'上卷绕用于外侧橡胶层的未交联橡胶片123’。由此,在圆筒模具145上形成有层叠成型体C’。Then, as shown in FIG. 14(c), an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 123' for the outer rubber layer is wound on the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122' for the adhesive rubber layer. As a result, the laminated molded body C' is formed on the cylindrical mold 145. As shown in FIG.

<交联工序><Crosslinking process>

然后,如图15所示,在对圆筒模具145上的层叠成型体C’覆盖橡胶套筒146后,将其设置在硫化罐中进行密闭,通过高热的水蒸汽等对圆筒模具145加热,并且施加高压,将橡胶套筒146向圆筒模具145侧的半径方向推压。此时,层叠成型体C’的未交联橡胶组合物流动,并且发生橡胶成分的交联反应,而且,芯线124'发生粘合反应,由此,如图16所示,在圆筒模具145上形成筒状的带板S。Next, as shown in FIG. 15 , after the laminated molded body C' on the cylindrical mold 145 is covered with a rubber sleeve 146, it is placed in a vulcanization tank and sealed, and the cylindrical mold 145 is heated by high-heat steam or the like. , and high pressure is applied to push the rubber sleeve 146 in the radial direction of the cylindrical mold 145 side. At this time, the uncrosslinked rubber composition of the laminated molded body C' flows, and the crosslinking reaction of the rubber component occurs, and the core wire 124' undergoes an adhesion reaction, thereby, as shown in FIG. A cylindrical strip S is formed on 145 .

<研磨、最终加工工序><Grinding and final processing>

在研磨、最终加工工序中,从硫化罐中取出圆筒模具145,在将形成在圆筒模具145上的圆筒状的带板S离模后,研磨其外周面和/或内周面,使得厚度均匀化。In the grinding and finishing process, the cylindrical mold 145 is taken out from the vulcanization tank, and after the cylindrical strip S formed on the cylindrical mold 145 is released from the mold, its outer peripheral surface and/or inner peripheral surface are ground, make the thickness uniform.

最后,将带板S按照规定的宽度切割,从而制作平带C。Finally, the strip plate S is cut to a predetermined width to produce a flat strip C.

-实施例--Example-

[平带][flat belt]

制作以下实施例5-1~实施例5-6以及比较例5-1~比较例5-2的平带。表5示出了各自的详细内容。The following flat belts of Example 5-1 to Example 5-6 and Comparative Example 5-1 to Comparative Example 5-2 were produced. Table 5 shows the details of each.

<实施例5-1><Example 5-1>

与实施例4-1同样,制作纤维素超细纤维/EPDM的母料。Similar to Example 4-1, a masterbatch of cellulose microfiber/EPDM was prepared.

然后,将EPDM塑炼,并且向其中投入母料进行混炼。对于母料的投入量,在EPDM总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份。Then, EPDM is masticated, and a masterbatch is put thereinto for kneading. With regard to the input amount of the masterbatch, when the total amount of EPDM is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfibers is 1 part by mass.

然后,将EPDM与纤维素超细纤维混炼,并且向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的EPDM的40质量份的HAF炭黑(三菱化学公司生产商品名:DiablackH)、5质量份的加工油(SUN石油公司生产商品名:SUNPAR2280)、0.5质量份的作为加工助剂的硬脂酸(新日本理化公司生产商品名:硬脂酸50S)、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌(界化学公司生产商品名:氧化锌三种)、2质量份的苯并咪唑类抗老化剂(大内新兴化学工业公司生产商品名:NocracMB)以及6质量份的作为交联剂的有机过氧化物(日油公司生产商品名:PEROXYMONF-40纯度40质量%),继续混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, EPDM and cellulose microfibers were kneaded, and 40 parts by mass of HAF carbon black (trade name: Diablack H produced by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) and 5 parts by mass of processing oil were dropped into it with respect to 100 parts by mass of EPDM. (SUN Petroleum Corporation product name: SUNPAR2280), 0.5 parts by mass of stearic acid as a processing aid (New Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. product name: stearic acid 50S), 5 parts by mass of zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator (trade name produced by Jie Chemical Company: three kinds of zinc oxide), 2 parts by mass of benzimidazole anti-aging agent (trade name produced by Ouchi Shining Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: NocracMB) and 6 parts by mass of organic polymer as crosslinking agent Oxides (trade name manufactured by NOF Corporation: PEROXYMONF-40, purity: 40% by mass) were kneaded continuously to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

使用该未交联橡胶组合物,制造与以纹理方向为带宽方向的方式形成内侧橡胶层的实施方式3同样结构的实施例5-1的平带。Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a flat belt of Example 5-1 having the same structure as Embodiment 3 in which the inner rubber layer was formed such that the grain direction was the belt width direction was produced.

对于实施例5-1的多楔带,带长为1118mm,带宽为10mm,带厚为2.8mm。此外,粘合橡胶层以及外侧橡胶层由不含有纤维素超细纤维以及短纤维的橡胶组合物形成,芯线由实施了粘合处理的聚酯纤维制捻线形成。For the V-ribbed belt of Example 5-1, the belt length is 1118 mm, the belt width is 10 mm, and the belt thickness is 2.8 mm. In addition, the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer are formed of a rubber composition that does not contain cellulose microfibers and short fibers, and the core thread is formed of a twisted polyester fiber that has been subjected to an adhesive treatment.

<实施例5-2><Example 5-2>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为3质量份以外,与实施例5-1同样制作实施例5-2的平带。A flat belt of Example 5-2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例5-3><Example 5-3>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为5质量份以外,与实施例5-1同样制作实施例5-3的平带。A flat belt of Example 5-3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the content of the cellulose microfibers was 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例5-4><Example 5-4>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为10质量份以外,与实施例5-1同样制作实施例5-4的平带。A flat belt of Example 5-4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the content of the cellulose ultrafine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例5-5><Example 5-5>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为15质量份以外,与实施例5-1同样制作实施例5-5的平带。A flat belt of Example 5-5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<实施例5-6><Example 5-6>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为25质量份以外,与实施例5-1同样制作实施例5-6的平带。A flat belt of Example 5-6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<比较例5-1><Comparative Example 5-1>

除了在形成内侧橡胶层的橡胶组合物中不含有纤维素超细纤维以外,与实施例5-1同样制作比较例5-1的平带。A flat belt of Comparative Example 5-1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1 except that the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer did not contain cellulose microfibers.

<比较例5-2><Comparative example 5-2>

除了在形成内侧橡胶层的橡胶组合物中不含有纤维素超细纤维并且相对于100质量份的橡胶成分含有5质量份的尼龙短纤维以外,与实施例5-1同样制作比较例5-2的平带。Comparative Example 5-2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 5-1, except that cellulose microfibers were not contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer and 5 parts by mass of nylon short fibers were included with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. flat belt.

[表5][table 5]

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

<平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter, fiber diameter distribution>

采集构成实施例5-1~实施例5-6的各平带的内侧橡胶层的橡胶组合物的样品,通过与试验评估1同样的方法,求出纤维素超细纤维的平均纤维直径、纤维直径的最大值以及最小值。Samples of the rubber compositions constituting the inner rubber layers of the flat belts of Examples 5-1 to 5-6 were collected, and the average fiber diameter, fiber The maximum and minimum diameters.

<摩擦、磨损特性评估带运转试验><Evaluation of friction and wear characteristics with running test>

图20表示用于评估摩擦、磨损特性的带运转试验机170的带轮设计。FIG. 20 shows a pulley design of a belt running tester 170 for evaluating friction and wear characteristics.

用于评估摩擦、磨损特性的带运转试验机170具备带轮直径为120mm的驱动平轮171、设置在其上方的带轮直径为120mm的第一从动平轮172、设置在它们的上下方向的中间位置的右侧的带轮直径为50mm的第二从动平轮173。第二从动平轮173设置为左右可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对平带C施加张力。The belt running tester 170 for evaluating friction and wear characteristics has a pulley diameter The driving flat pulley 171 that is 120mm, the first driven flat pulley 172 that is arranged on the pulley diameter above it is 120mm, the pulley diameter that is arranged on the right side of the middle position of their up and down direction Be the second driven flat wheel 173 of 50mm. The second driven flat pulley 173 is movable left and right so as to be able to bear an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.

将实施例5-1~实施例5-6以及比较例5-1~比较例5-2的各平带C卷绕在用于评估摩擦、磨损特性的带运转试验机170的驱动平轮171、第一以及第二从动平轮72,73之间,第二从动平轮173向右侧承受98N的轴向载荷,对平带C施加张力,并且,在第一从动平轮172上施加8.8kW的旋转负荷,在120℃的环境温度下,使驱动平轮171以4800rpm的转速旋转,运转带。然后,在运转开始24小时后停止运转带,使用图17所示的摩擦系数测量装置140通过与试验评估1同样的方法求出带运转后的内侧橡胶层表面的摩擦系数。此外,作为试验带轮141,使用带轮直径为65mm的平轮。Each flat belt C of Example 5-1 to Example 5-6 and Comparative Example 5-1 to Comparative Example 5-2 was wound around the drive flat wheel 171 of a belt running tester 170 for evaluating friction and wear characteristics. , Between the first and second driven flat wheels 72 and 73, the second driven flat wheel 173 bears an axial load of 98N to the right and applies tension to the flat belt C, and, on the first driven flat wheel 172 A rotational load of 8.8 kW was applied to the belt, and the driving flat pulley 171 was rotated at a rotational speed of 4800 rpm at an ambient temperature of 120° C. to run the belt. Then, 24 hours after the start of operation, the belt was stopped, and the friction coefficient of the inner rubber layer surface after the belt operation was obtained by the same method as Test Evaluation 1 using the friction coefficient measuring device 140 shown in FIG. 17 . In addition, as the test pulley 141, a pulley diameter of 65mm flat wheels.

另外,将带运转时间设置为500小时,进行同样的试验,并且相比将带运转时间设为24小时的情况,计算出摩擦系数的变化量。In addition, the same test was performed with the belt running time set at 500 hours, and the amount of change in the coefficient of friction was calculated compared to the case where the belt running time was set at 24 hours.

然后,目测观察带运转24小时后的驱动平轮171、第一以及第二从动平轮72、73的运转面,从感官上评估表面状态,根据橡胶的附着量以及质感,按照下述方式,对粘着磨损发生指数进行数值判定。Then, visually observe the running surfaces of the driving flat pulley 171, the first and second driven flat pulleys 72, 73 after the belt has been running for 24 hours, and evaluate the surface state sensory. , to determine the numerical value of the adhesive wear occurrence index.

附着有粘合状可擦除橡胶的渣状物质的情况下:100In the case of scum-like substances with sticky erasable rubber attached: 100

存在粉状附着物的情况下:50,In the presence of powdery deposits: 50,

无附着物的情况下:0In the case of no attachment: 0

其中,难以聚集的橡胶呈粉状,有从带表面脱落的倾向。即使耐磨损性良好,但如果磨损粉的状态较差,磨损粉为异物,则产品价值也较低。Among them, the rubber which is difficult to aggregate is powdery and tends to come off from the belt surface. Even if the wear resistance is good, if the state of the wear powder is poor and the wear powder is foreign matter, the product value will be low.

<耐磨损性评估带运转试验><Abrasion Resistance Evaluation Tape Running Test>

图21表示用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机180的带轮设计。Figure 21 shows the pulley design of the belt running tester 180 used to evaluate wear resistance.

用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机180具备带轮直径为100mm的驱动平轮181以及设置在其左侧的带轮直径为100mm的从动平轮182。驱动平轮181设置为左右可动,以使得能够承受轴向载荷(自重DW),对平带C施加张力。The belt running tester 180 for evaluating wear resistance has a pulley diameter A driving flat wheel 181 with a diameter of 100 mm and a driven flat wheel 182 with a pulley diameter of 100 mm arranged on its left side. The driving flat pulley 181 is movable left and right so as to be able to bear an axial load (self-weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.

对于实施例5-1~实施例5-6以及比较例5-1~比较例5-2的各平带C,在测量带质量后,将其卷绕在用于评估耐磨损性的带运转试验机180的驱动平轮181与从动平轮182之间,驱动平轮181向右侧承受300N的轴向载荷,对平带C施加张力,并且在从动平轮182上承受12N·m的旋转扭矩,在100℃的环境温度下,使驱动平轮181以2000rpm的转速旋转,运转带。然后,在运转开始24小时后停止运转带,测量平带C的带质量,并且,求出质量减少量,计算出比较例5-1的质量减少量的百分比。For each of the flat belts C of Example 5-1 to Example 5-6 and Comparative Example 5-1 to Comparative Example 5-2, after measuring the mass of the belt, it was wound on a belt for evaluation of wear resistance. Between the driving flat wheel 181 and the driven flat wheel 182 of the running test machine 180, the driving flat wheel 181 bears an axial load of 300N to the right, applies tension to the flat belt C, and bears 12N on the driven flat wheel 182. With a rotation torque of m, the drive flat pulley 181 is rotated at 2,000 rpm at an ambient temperature of 100° C. to run the belt. Then, 24 hours after the start of the operation, the belt was stopped, the belt mass of the flat belt C was measured, and the mass loss was obtained to calculate the percentage of the mass loss of Comparative Example 5-1.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表5示出了实验结果。此外,在下面不特别说明的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量是指相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的质量份。Table 5 shows the experimental results. In addition, unless otherwise specified below, the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers means parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter, fiber diameter distribution>

由此可知,形成实施例5-1~实施例5-6的各平带的内侧橡胶层的橡胶组合物中含有的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的分布均较为广泛。From this, it can be seen that the distribution of the fiber diameters of the cellulose ultrafine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer of each of the flat belts in Examples 5-1 to 5-6 is wide.

<摩擦、磨损特性><Friction and wear characteristics>

-摩擦系数--Friction Coefficient-

比较例5-1的带运转24小时后的摩擦系数为0.85,与此相对,实施例5-1以及实施例5-2同样是0.85,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的纤维素超细纤维的含量为1至3质量份左右,没有使摩擦系数变化。如果进一步增加纤维素超细纤维的含量(实施例5-3~实施例5-6),则会降低摩擦系数,25质量份(实施例5-6)时为0.6。The friction coefficient of the belt of Comparative Example 5-1 after running for 24 hours was 0.85, while that of Example 5-1 and Example 5-2 was 0.85 similarly, and the cellulose microfibers of the rubber component were 100 parts by mass The content of is about 1 to 3 parts by mass, and does not change the coefficient of friction. If the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers is further increased (Example 5-3 to Example 5-6), the coefficient of friction will be reduced, and it is 0.6 at 25 parts by mass (Example 5-6).

另外,在配合5质量份的尼龙短纤维的比较例5-2的情况下,摩擦系数为0.75,与纤维素超细纤维的含量为10质量份的实施例5-4的情况相同。In addition, in the case of Comparative Example 5-2 in which 5 parts by mass of nylon staple fibers were blended, the coefficient of friction was 0.75, which was the same as in Example 5-4 in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 10 parts by mass.

将带运转500小时后的摩擦系数与带运转24小时后的摩擦系数相比,在比较例5-1以及比较例5-2中,依次为降低0.35以及0.25,与此相对,在实施例5-1~实施例5-6中,最大降低0.15(实施例5-1以及2-2)。由此可见,如果纤维素超细纤维的含量变多,则降低量更小,如果含有10质量份以上(实施例5-4~实施例5-6),则带运转后24小时后以及带运转500小时后的摩擦系数为相同值。Comparing the coefficient of friction after 500 hours of belt operation with the friction coefficient after 24 hours of belt operation, in Comparative Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-2, they decreased by 0.35 and 0.25 in order, whereas in Example 5 -1 to Examples 5-6, the maximum decrease was 0.15 (Examples 5-1 and 2-2). It can be seen that if the content of cellulose microfibers increases, the amount of reduction is smaller, and if it contains more than 10 parts by mass (Example 5-4 to Example 5-6), the belt after 24 hours after operation and the belt The coefficient of friction after running for 500 hours was the same value.

由此可知,通过含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶组合物形成内侧橡胶层,能够得到摩擦系数随时间变化较小的平带。From this, it can be seen that forming the inner rubber layer with a rubber composition containing cellulose microfibers can provide a flat belt with a small temporal change in the coefficient of friction.

-粘着磨损发生指数--Adhesive wear occurrence index-

比较例5-1以及比较例5-2的粘着磨损发生指数为100以及90的评估值,与此相对,在使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶组合物的情况下,即使是含量最少(1质量份)的实施例5-1,粘着磨损发生指数也为45,可见得到了显著改善。可以通过增加含量进一步改善粘着磨损发生指数,在含有25质量份的纤维素超细纤维的实施例5-6中,评估值为10(带表面的附着物较少,并且,粘附性较低的粉体状物质较多)。The adhesive wear occurrence index of Comparative Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-2 was the evaluation value of 100 and 90. In contrast, in the case of using a rubber composition containing cellulose ultrafine fibers, even with the smallest content (1 parts by mass) of Example 5-1, the adhesive wear occurrence index was also 45, which shows that it has been significantly improved. Can further improve the occurrence index of adhesive wear by increasing the content, in the embodiment 5-6 containing 25 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers, the evaluation value is 10 (the attachments on the belt surface are less, and the adhesiveness is lower There are more powdery substances).

在含有尼龙短纤维的比较例5-2的情况下,与比较例5-1相比,有所改善,但不显著。In the case of Comparative Example 5-2 containing nylon staple fibers, compared with Comparative Example 5-1, it was improved but not remarkable.

由此可知,通过含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶组合物形成内侧橡胶层,可以改善平带的粘着磨损发生指数。From this, it can be seen that the adhesive wear occurrence index of the flat belt can be improved by forming the inner rubber layer with a rubber composition containing cellulose microfibers.

<耐磨损性><Wear resistance>

比较例5-1以及比较例5-2的耐磨损性的评估值为100,与此相对,纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份的实施例5-1改善为65,可以通过进一步增加含量来进一步改善评估值。其中,在纤维素超细纤维的含量处于3~25质量份的范围内(实施例5-2~实施例5-6)时,评估值为50或者45,存在增加纤维素超细纤维的含量但耐磨损性改善达到饱和的倾向。The evaluation value of the wear resistance of Comparative Example 5-1 and Comparative Example 5-2 was 100, in contrast, the content of cellulose ultrafine fiber is 1 mass part of Example 5-1 improved to 65, can be further improved by Increase the content to further improve the evaluation value. Among them, when the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers is in the range of 3 to 25 parts by mass (Example 5-2 to Example 5-6), the evaluation value is 50 or 45, and there is an increase in the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers. However, the wear resistance improvement tends to be saturated.

[实施方式4][Embodiment 4]

(齿形带B)(toothed belt B)

图22表示实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B。FIG. 22 shows a toothed belt B according to the fourth embodiment.

实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B具备由橡胶组合物形成的环形齿形带主体310。齿形带主体310具有平带状的基部311a以及在其一侧即内周侧的表面沿带长方向隔开间隔以固定齿距一体设置的多个齿部311b。在齿形带主体310上,以覆盖该齿部侧表面的方式贴设有齿部侧加强布312。另外,在齿形带主体310的基部311a的内周侧,以在带宽方向上形成具有螺距的螺旋的方式埋设有芯线313。实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B例如适合用作机床等的带传动装置、特别是运转时间为每年3~120小时左右的机床的带传动装置的动力传递部件。对于实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B,例如,带长为500~3000mm,带宽为10~200mm,带厚为3~20mm。另外,对于齿部311b,例如,宽度为0.63~16.46mm,高度为0.37~9.6mm,齿距为1.0~31.75mm。The toothed belt B according to Embodiment 4 includes an endless toothed belt main body 310 formed of a rubber composition. The toothed belt main body 310 has a flat belt-shaped base portion 311 a and a plurality of teeth portions 311 b integrally provided at intervals along the belt length direction at a fixed pitch on one side, that is, an inner peripheral surface thereof. On the toothed belt main body 310 , a tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is attached so as to cover the tooth side surface. In addition, a core wire 313 is buried on the inner peripheral side of the base portion 311 a of the toothed belt main body 310 so as to form a helix having a pitch in the belt width direction. The toothed belt B according to Embodiment 4 is suitably used as a power transmission member of, for example, a belt transmission of a machine tool or the like, particularly a belt transmission of a machine tool whose operation time is about 3 to 120 hours per year. The toothed belt B according to Embodiment 4 has, for example, a belt length of 500 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 200 mm, and a belt thickness of 3 to 20 mm. In addition, for the tooth part 311b, for example, the width is 0.63-16.46 mm, the height is 0.37-9.6 mm, and the tooth pitch is 1.0-31.75 mm.

齿形带主体310的齿部311b可以是侧面形状呈梯形的梯形齿,也可以是半圆形的圆齿,并且,还可以是其他形状。齿部311b可以形成为在带宽方向上延伸,也可以是形成为在相对于带宽方向倾斜的方向上延伸的斜齿。The teeth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may be trapezoidal teeth with trapezoidal sides, semicircular round teeth, or other shapes. The tooth portion 311b may be formed to extend in the belt width direction, or may be a helical tooth formed to extend in a direction oblique to the belt width direction.

齿形带主体310由橡胶组合物形成,该橡胶组合物通过对在橡胶成分中加入纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维并配合各种橡胶配合剂进行混炼而成的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。如上所述,形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够提高齿形带B的耐久性。其中,本申请的“超细纤维”是指纤维直径为1.0μm以下的纤维。The toothed belt main body 310 is formed of a rubber composition obtained by adding cellulose-based microfibers with a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm to the rubber component and kneading various rubber compounds. The uncrosslinked rubber composition is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. As described above, since the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameters range from 50 to 500 nm, the durability of the toothed belt B can be improved. Here, "ultrafine fibers" in the present application refer to fibers having a fiber diameter of 1.0 μm or less.

作为形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如,可以列举氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR),通过不饱和羧酸金属盐强化的氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR)、乙烯-丙烯共聚物(EPR)、乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM)、乙烯-辛烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物等乙烯-α-烯烃弹性体、氯丁橡胶(CR)以及氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶(CSM)等。构成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分优选其中的一种或者两种以上的混合橡胶。As the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310, for example, hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-HBR), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-HBR) reinforced with an unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt, ethylene- Ethylene-α-olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, neoprene rubber (CR) and Chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), etc. The rubber component of the rubber composition constituting the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably one or a mixture of two or more rubbers.

在通过不饱和羧酸金属盐强化的H-HBR中,作为不饱和羧酸,例如,可以列举甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸等,另外,作为金属,例如可以列举锌、钙、镁、铝等。In the H-HBR reinforced with an unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt, examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, and the like, and examples of the metal include zinc, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, and the like.

纤维素类超细纤维是基于纤维素超细纤维的纤维材料,该纤维素超细纤维由将植物纤维细细拆解得到的植物细胞壁的骨架成分构成。作为纤维素类超细纤维的原料植物,例如,可以列举木材、竹子、稻子(稻草)、土豆、甘蔗(蔗渣)、水草、海藻等。其中,优选木材。Cellulosic ultrafine fibers are fiber materials based on cellulose ultrafine fibers composed of a skeleton component of plant cell walls obtained by finely dismantling plant fibers. Examples of raw material plants for cellulose-based ultrafine fibers include wood, bamboo, rice (straw), potatoes, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, and seaweed. Among them, wood is preferable.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是纤维素超细纤维自身,也可以是疏水化处理的疏水化纤维素超细纤维。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,也可以同时使用纤维素超细纤维自身和疏水化纤维素超细纤维。从分散性方面考虑,纤维素类超细纤维优选包含疏水化纤维素超细纤维。作为疏水化纤维素超细纤维,可以列举将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维以及使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维。The cellulose-based microfibers may be cellulose microfibers themselves, or hydrophobized cellulose microfibers that have been hydrophobized. In addition, as cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose ultrafine fibers themselves and hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers may be used together. From the standpoint of dispersibility, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fibers include cellulose ultrafine fibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose ultrafine fibers subjected to a hydrophobizing surface treatment using a surface treatment agent.

作为用于得到将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部置换为疏水基团的纤维素超细纤维的疏水化,例如,可以列举酯化(酰化)(烷基酯化、复合酯化、β-酮酸酯化等)、烷基化、甲苯磺酰化、环氧化、芳基化等。其中,优选酯化。具体来讲,酯化的疏水化纤维素超细纤维可以是将纤维素的羟基的一部分或者全部通过乙酸、无水乙酸、丙酸、丁酸等羧酸或者其卤化物(特别是氯化物)进行酰化的纤维素超细纤维。作为用于得到使用表面处理剂进行疏水化表面处理的纤维素超细纤维的表面处理剂,例如,可以列举硅烷偶联剂等。As hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose microfibers in which a part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are replaced with hydrophobic groups, for example, esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β- Keto esterification, etc.), alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation, etc. Among them, esterification is preferable. Specifically, esterified hydrophobized cellulose superfine fibers can be obtained by passing part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose through carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, anhydrous acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, or their halides (especially chlorides). Acylated cellulose microfiber. As a surface treatment agent for obtaining the cellulose ultrafine fiber which surface-treated to hydrophobize using a surface treatment agent, a silane coupling agent etc. are mentioned, for example.

对于纤维素类超细纤维,从提高齿形带B的耐久性方面考虑,优选纤维直径的分布较广,纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm。对于该纤维直径的分布下限,从上述方面考虑,优选20nm以下,更优选10nm以下。对于上限,从相同的观点考虑,优选700nm以上,更优选1μm以上。纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的分布范围优选包含20nm~700mm,更优选包含10nm~1μm。From the viewpoint of improving the durability of the toothed belt B, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers preferably have a wide distribution of fiber diameters, and the distribution range of fiber diameters includes 50 to 500 nm. The lower limit of the distribution of the fiber diameters is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less, from the above point of view. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, and more preferably 1 μm or more. The distribution range of the fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is preferably 20 nm to 700 mm, more preferably 10 nm to 1 μm.

构成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物中含有的纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径优选10nm以上,更优选20nm以上,另外,优选700nm以下,更优选100nm以下。The average fiber diameter of the cellulose ultrafine fibers contained in the rubber composition constituting the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less.

将构成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的样品冷冻粉碎后,使用透射型电子显微镜(TEM)观察其截面,并且,任意选择50根纤维素类超细纤维测量纤维直径,基于该测量结果求出纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径分布。另外,求出该任意选择的50根纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的平均数作为纤维素类超细纤维的平均纤维直径。After the sample of the rubber composition constituting the toothed belt main body 310 was frozen and pulverized, its cross section was observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulose-based ultrafine fibers were arbitrarily selected to measure the fiber diameter, and based on the measurement results, the The fiber diameter distribution of cellulosic microfibers. In addition, the average of the fiber diameters of the 50 arbitrarily selected cellulose-based ultrafine fibers was determined as the average fiber diameter of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers.

纤维素类超细纤维可以是通过机械解纤方法制造的高纵横比的纤维素类超细纤维,也可以是通过化学解纤方法制造的针状结晶体。其中,优选通过机械解纤方法制造。另外,作为纤维素类超细纤维,也可以同时使用通过机械解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维以及通过化学解纤方法制造的纤维素类超细纤维。作为用于机械解纤方法的解纤装置,例如,可以列举双轴混炼机等混炼机、高压均质机、研磨机、砂磨机等。作为用于化学解纤方法的处理,例如,可以列举酸水解处理等。Cellulosic microfibers may be high-aspect-ratio cellulose microfibers produced by mechanical defibration, or needle-like crystals produced by chemical defibration. Among them, it is preferable to manufacture by a mechanical defibrating method. In addition, as the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, cellulose-based ultrafine fibers produced by a mechanical defibrating method and cellulose-based ultrafine fibers produced by a chemical defibrating method may be used together. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used in the mechanical defibrating method include kneaders such as twin-screw kneaders, high-pressure homogenizers, grinders, sand mills, and the like. As the treatment used in the chemical defibrating method, for example, acid hydrolysis treatment and the like can be cited.

对于形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物中的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从提高齿形带B的耐久性方面考虑,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选1质量份以上,更优选3质量份以上,进一步优选5质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选20质量份以下,进一步优选10质量份以下。The content of the cellulose microfibers in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, from the viewpoint of improving the durability of the toothed belt B. It is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

作为橡胶配合剂,可以列举加强材料、加工助剂、硫化促进助剂、增塑剂、助交联剂、交联剂、硫化促进剂、抗老化剂等。Examples of the rubber compounding agent include reinforcing materials, processing aids, vulcanization accelerators, plasticizers, crosslinking auxiliary agents, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, antiaging agents, and the like.

作为加强材料,在炭黑中,例如可以列举槽法炭黑、SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234等炉法炭黑、FT、MT等热碳黑、乙炔炭黑等。作为加强材料还可以列举二氧化硅。加强材料优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于加强材料的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是20~60质量份。As a reinforcing material, among carbon blacks, for example, furnace blacks such as channel black, SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234, etc., FT, MT and other thermal carbon black, acetylene carbon black, etc. Silica can also be mentioned as a reinforcing material. The reinforcing material is preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the reinforcing material may be, for example, 20 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为加工助剂,例如,可以列举硬脂酸、聚乙烯蜡、脂肪酸的金属盐等。加工助剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于加工助剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.5~2质量份。Examples of processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, metal salts of fatty acids, and the like. Processing aids are preferably one or more of them. The content of the processing aid may be, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为硫化促进助剂,例如,可以列举氧化锌(锌白)、氧化镁等金属氧化物、金属碳酸盐、脂肪酸及其衍生物等。硫化促进助剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于硫化促进助剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以为3~7质量份。Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. The vulcanization accelerator is preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为增塑剂,例如,可以列举邻苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP)、邻苯二甲酸二辛酯(DOP)等邻苯二甲酸二烷基酯、己二酸二辛酯(DOA)等二烷基酯、癸二酸二辛酯(DOS)等癸二酸二烷基酯等。增塑剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于增塑剂的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.1~40质量份。Examples of plasticizers include dialkyl phthalates such as dibutyl phthalate (DBP) and dioctyl phthalate (DOP), and dioctyl adipate (DOA). Dialkyl esters, dialkyl sebacate such as dioctyl sebacate (DOS), and the like. Plasticizers are preferably one or more of them. The content of the plasticizer may be, for example, 0.1 to 40 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

作为助交联剂,例如,可以列举液态NBR等液态橡胶等。助交联剂优选一种或者两种以上。对于助交联剂的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是3~7质量份。Examples of the auxiliary crosslinking agent include liquid rubber such as liquid NBR, and the like. The assistant crosslinking agent is preferably one kind or two or more kinds. The content of the auxiliary crosslinking agent may be, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

作为交联剂,可以列举硫以及有机过氧化物。作为交联剂,可以配合硫,也可以配合有机过氧化物,也可以同时使用这两者。对于交联剂的配合量,在硫的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是1~5质量份,在有机过氧化物的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是1~5质量份。Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be added, an organic peroxide may be added, or both may be used in combination. The amount of the crosslinking agent may be, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, or 1 to 5 parts by mass in the case of organic peroxides with respect to the rubber composition 100 parts by mass of the rubber component may be, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

作为硫化促进剂,例如,可以列举秋兰姆类(例如TETD、TT、TRA等)、噻唑类(例如MBT、MBTS等)、亚磺酰胺类(例如CZ等)、二硫代氨基甲酸酯类(例如BZ-P等)等。硫化促进剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于硫化促进剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以为2~5质量份。As the vulcanization accelerator, for example, thiurams (such as TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazoles (such as MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamides (such as CZ, etc.), dithiocarbamates (such as BZ-P, etc.) and so on. The vulcanization accelerator is preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 2 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为抗老化剂,例如,可以列举胺酮类抗老化剂、二胺类抗老化剂、苯酚类抗老化剂等。抗老化剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于抗老化剂的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.1~5质量份。As an antiaging agent, an amine type antiaging agent, a diamine type antiaging agent, a phenol type antiaging agent etc. are mentioned, for example. The anti-aging agent is preferably one or two or more of them. The content of the antiaging agent may be, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

此外,形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物中可以包含纤维直径为10μm以上的短纤维。In addition, short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more may be contained in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 .

齿部侧加强布312例如可以通过由绵、聚酰胺纤维、聚酯纤维、芳香族聚酰胺纤维等形成的织布、编织物、无纺布等布料构成。齿部侧加强布312优选具有延伸性。齿部侧加强布312的厚度例如为0.3~2.0mm。对齿部侧加强布312实施用于与齿形带主体310粘合的粘合处理。The tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 can be made of, for example, a fabric such as woven, knitted, or nonwoven fabric made of cotton, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, or the like. The tooth side reinforcement cloth 312 preferably has stretchability. The thickness of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is, for example, 0.3 to 2.0 mm. A bonding process for bonding to the toothed belt main body 310 is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 .

通过由玻璃纤维、芳香族聚酰胺纤维、聚酰胺纤维、聚酯纤维等形成的捻线来构成芯线313。芯线313的直径例如可以是0.5~2.5mm,截面中彼此相邻的芯线中心之间的尺寸例如可以是0.05~0.20mm。对芯线313实施用于对齿形带主体310具有粘合性的粘合处理。The core wire 313 is constituted by a twisted yarn formed of glass fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, or the like. The diameter of the core wire 313 may be, for example, 0.5-2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of core wires adjacent to each other in the cross section may be, for example, 0.05-0.20 mm. The core wire 313 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for providing adhesiveness to the toothed belt main body 310 .

根据以上结构的实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B,用于形成包含基部311a以及齿部311b的齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,可以得到优异的加强效果,特别是,能够抑制齿部311b的缺损,另外,能够得到优异的耐油性,其结果,能够得到较高的耐久性。According to the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 4 having the above structure, the rubber composition for forming the toothed belt main body 310 including the base portion 311a and the tooth portion 311b contains a cellulose-based superfiber whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. Therefore, an excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained, and in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained, and as a result, high durability can be obtained.

(齿形带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)

基于图23~图26对实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B的制造方法进行说明。A method of manufacturing the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 4 will be described based on FIGS. 23 to 26 .

图23表示用于制造实施方式4所涉及的齿形带B的带成型模具320。FIG. 23 shows a belt molding die 320 for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the fourth embodiment.

该带成型模具320呈圆筒状,在其外周面,沿圆周方向隔开间隔以固定齿距形成有沿轴向延伸的齿部形成槽321。The belt molding die 320 has a cylindrical shape, and tooth portion forming grooves 321 extending in the axial direction are formed at intervals in the circumferential direction at constant pitches on the outer peripheral surface thereof.

实施方式4所涉及的齿形带的制造方法具有材料准备工序、成型工序、交联工序以及最终加工工序。The manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to Embodiment 4 includes a material preparation step, a molding step, a crosslinking step, and a final processing step.

<材料准备工序><Material preparation process>

-用于基部以及齿部的未交联橡胶片311’-- Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311' for base and teeth -

首先,向塑炼的橡胶成分中投入纤维素类超细纤维进行混炼,使其分散。First, cellulose-based microfibers are put into the masticated rubber component, kneaded, and dispersed.

其中,作为橡胶成分的纤维素类超细纤维的分散方法,例如,可以列举下述方法:将使纤维素类超细纤维分散在水中的分散体(凝胶)投入到通过开炼机塑炼的橡胶成分中,在将它们混炼的同时使水分汽化;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散于水中的分散体(凝胶)与橡胶胶乳混合并使水分汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散到溶剂中的分散液与使橡胶成分溶解在溶剂中的溶液混合并使溶剂汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散在水中的分散体(凝胶)冷冻干燥粉碎后投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;以及将疏水化的纤维素类超细纤维投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中。Among them, the method of dispersing the cellulose microfibers as the rubber component, for example, includes the following method: putting the dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing the cellulose microfibers in water into the dispersing method by masticating with an open mill. In the rubber component, the moisture is vaporized while kneading them; the cellulose microfiber obtained by mixing the dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing the cellulose ultrafine fiber in water with the rubber latex and vaporizing the water / The masterbatch of rubber is put into the rubber component of mastication; the cellulose-based ultra-fine fiber obtained by mixing the dispersion liquid in which the cellulose-based ultra-fine fiber is dispersed in the solvent and the solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent is vaporized. The fine fiber/rubber masterbatch is put into the masticated rubber component; the dispersion (gel) in which cellulose-based ultrafine fibers are dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized, and then put into the masticated rubber component; and the hydrophobic The cellulose-based microfibers are put into the masticated rubber component.

然后,在将橡胶成分与纤维素类超细纤维混炼的同时,投入各种橡胶配合剂,继续混炼。Then, while kneading the rubber component and cellulose microfibers, various rubber compounding ingredients were added and kneading was continued.

然后,将得到的未交联橡胶组合物通过压延成型等成型为片状,制作用于基部以及齿部的未交联橡胶片311’。Then, the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calender molding or the like, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311' used for the base portion and the tooth portion is produced.

-齿部侧加强布312'--Reinforcement cloth on tooth side 312'-

对齿部侧加强布312’实施粘合处理。具体来讲,对齿部侧加强布312’实施浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理。另外,根据需要,在RFL粘合处理前实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理。另外,根据需要,在RFL粘合处理后实施浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理和/或在齿形带主体310侧的表面涂布橡胶糊并干燥的涂布橡胶糊粘合处理。Adhesion processing is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312'. Specifically, an RFL bonding process of dipping in an RFL aqueous solution and heating is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312'. In addition, before the RFL bonding treatment, base bonding treatment of immersing in a base bonding treatment liquid and heating is performed as needed. In addition, after the RFL bonding treatment, an impregnated rubber paste bonding process of dipping and drying the rubber paste and/or a coated rubber paste bonding process of applying a rubber paste to the surface of the toothed belt main body 310 side and drying it are performed after the RFL bonding process. deal with.

然后,将进行了粘合处理的齿部侧加强布312’的两端接合从而形成为筒状。Then, both ends of the adhesive-treated tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312' are joined to form a cylindrical shape.

-芯线313’--core wire 313'-

对芯线313’实施粘合处理。具体来讲,对芯线313’实施浸渍于间苯二酚-福尔马林-胶乳水溶液(以下,称为“RFL水溶液”。)并加热的RFL粘合处理。另外,根据需要,在RFL粘合处理前实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理和/或在RFL粘合处理后实施浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的橡胶糊粘合处理。Bonding treatment is performed on the core wire 313'. Specifically, the core wire 313' is subjected to RFL bonding treatment in which the core wire 313' is dipped in a resorcinol-formalin-latex aqueous solution (hereinafter referred to as "RFL aqueous solution") and heated. In addition, before the RFL bonding treatment, a base bonding treatment of dipping in a base bonding treatment liquid and heating and/or a rubber paste bonding treatment of dipping in a rubber paste and drying after the RFL bonding treatment are performed as needed.

<成型工序><Molding process>

如图24所示,在带成型模具320的外周覆盖筒状的齿部侧加强布312’,在其上面以螺旋状卷绕芯线313’,然后在其上面卷绕未交联橡胶片311’。此时,在带成型模具320上形成有层叠成型体B’。此外,未交联橡胶片311’可以以纹理方向对应带长方向的方式使用,也可以以纹理方向对应带宽方向的方式使用。As shown in FIG. 24 , the outer circumference of the belt molding die 320 is covered with a cylindrical tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, the core wire 313 ′ is wound spirally thereon, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 is wound thereon. '. At this time, the laminated molded body B' is formed on the belt molding die 320. In addition, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311' may be used such that the grain direction corresponds to the belt length direction, or may be used such that the grain direction corresponds to the belt width direction.

<交联工序><Crosslinking process>

如图25所示,在层叠成型体B’的外周卷绕离模纸322后,在其上面覆盖橡胶套筒323,将其配置在硫化罐内进行密闭,并且,向硫化罐内填充高温、高压蒸汽,保持规定的成型时间。此时,层叠成型体B’的未交联橡胶片按压齿部侧加强布312并流动,流入带成型模具320的齿部形成槽321,另外,进行交联,并且与齿部侧加强布312’以及芯线313’复合一体化,最后,如图26所示,成型出圆筒状的带板S。此外,带板S的成型温度例如可以为100~180℃,成型压力例如可以为0.5~2.0MPa,成型时间例如可以为10~60分钟。As shown in FIG. 25 , after the release paper 322 is wound around the outer periphery of the laminated molded body B', a rubber sleeve 323 is covered on it, and it is arranged in a vulcanization tank to be sealed, and the autoclave is filled with high-temperature, High-pressure steam to maintain the prescribed molding time. At this time, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet of the laminated molded body B′ presses the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 to flow, flows into the tooth portion forming groove 321 of the belt molding die 320, and is crosslinked and bonded to the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312. ' and the core wire 313' are compounded and integrated, and finally, as shown in Figure 26, a cylindrical strip S is formed. In addition, the forming temperature of the strip S may be, for example, 100-180° C., the forming pressure may be, for example, 0.5-2.0 MPa, and the forming time may be, for example, 10-60 minutes.

<最终加工工序><Final Processing Process>

将硫化罐的内部减压,解除密闭,取出成型在带成型模具320与橡胶套筒323之间的带板S,使其离模,将其背面侧研磨进行厚度调整后,以规定的宽度切成轮形,制造齿形带B。The inside of the vulcanization tank is decompressed, the airtightness is released, the strip plate S formed between the strip molding die 320 and the rubber sleeve 323 is taken out, released from the mold, the back side is ground to adjust the thickness, and then cut to a predetermined width. Formed into a wheel shape to manufacture a toothed belt B.

[实施方式5][Embodiment 5]

(齿形带B)(toothed belt B)

实施方式5所涉及的齿形带B的外观结构与实施方式4相同,因此,下面基于图22进行说明。The appearance structure of the toothed belt B according to the fifth embodiment is the same as that of the fourth embodiment, so it will be described below based on FIG. 22 .

在实施方式5所涉及的齿形带B中,形成齿形带主体310的基部311a的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。另一方面,形成齿部311b的橡胶组合物不含有纤维素类超细纤维。此外,形成齿部311b的橡胶组合物也可以含有纤维直径的分布范围不包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。In the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 5, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311 a of the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. On the other hand, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b does not contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers. In addition, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b may contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.

其他结构与实施方式4相同。Other structures are the same as those in Embodiment 4.

根据以上结构的实施方式5所涉及的齿形带B,形成基部311a的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到其优异的加强效果,另外,能够得到优异的耐油性,其结果,能够得到较高的耐久性。According to the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 5 having the above-mentioned structure, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameters range from 50 to 500 nm, so that an excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained. In addition, excellent oil resistance can be obtained, and as a result, high durability can be obtained.

(齿形带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)

在实施方式5所涉及的齿形带B的制造方法中,在材料准备工序,与实施方式4同样,制作含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维的、用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’。另外,向橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂,使用通过捏合机、班伯里密炼机等混炼机混炼得到的不含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维的未交联橡胶组合物制作形成为带成型模具320的齿部形成槽321的形状的、用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’。In the method for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 5, in the material preparation step, as in Embodiment 4, a cellulose-based ultrafine fiber having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm is produced for the base. The uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a'. In addition, various rubber compounding agents are added to the rubber component, and cellulose-based microfibers obtained by kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer are used. The distribution range of the fiber diameter does not include 50 to 500 nm The non-crosslinked rubber composition for the tooth part formed into the shape of the tooth part forming groove 321 of the belt molding die 320 is made of the non-crosslinked rubber 311b' for the tooth part.

然后,在成型工序中,如图27所示,在将筒状的齿部侧加强布312'覆盖在带成型模具320的外周并沿齿部形成槽321设置后,如图28所示,向各齿部形成槽321中嵌入用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’,如图29所示,在其上面以螺旋状卷绕芯线313’,然后在其上面卷绕用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’,从而形成层叠成型体B’。在交联工序中,进行层叠成型体B’的用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’以及用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’的交联,并且,使它们与齿部侧加强布312’以及芯线313’复合一体化,最后,成型与实施方式4的图26同样的圆筒状的带板S。Then, in the molding process, as shown in FIG. 27 , after covering the outer periphery of the belt molding die 320 with a cylindrical tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and setting it along the tooth portion forming groove 321 , as shown in FIG. Each tooth portion forming groove 321 is fitted with an uncrosslinked rubber 311b' for the tooth portion, as shown in FIG. The rubber sheet 311a' is cross-linked to form a laminated molded body B'. In the cross-linking step, the non-cross-linked rubber 311b' for the teeth and the non-cross-linked rubber sheet 311a' for the base of the laminated molded body B' are cross-linked, and they are combined with the tooth side reinforcement cloth. 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′ are composited and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical strip S similar to that in FIG. 26 of Embodiment 4 is molded.

其他方法与实施方式4相同。Other methods are the same as in Embodiment 4.

[实施方式6][Embodiment 6]

(齿形带B)(toothed belt B)

实施方式6所涉及的齿形带B的外观结构与实施方式4相同,因此,下面基于图22进行说明。The appearance structure of the toothed belt B according to the sixth embodiment is the same as that of the fourth embodiment, so it will be described below based on FIG. 22 .

在实施方式6所涉及的齿形带B中,形成齿形带主体310的齿部311b的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。另一方面,形成基部311a的橡胶组合物不含有纤维素类超细纤维。此外,形成基部311a的橡胶组合物也可以含有纤维直径的分布范围不包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。In the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 6, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. On the other hand, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a does not contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers. In addition, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a may contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.

其他结构与实施方式4相同。Other structures are the same as those in Embodiment 4.

根据以上结构的实施方式6所涉及的齿形带B,形成齿部311b的橡胶组合物含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到其优异的加强效果,特别是,能够抑制齿部311b的缺损,另外,能够得到优异的耐油性,其结果,能够得到较高的耐久性。According to the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 6 having the above-mentioned structure, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameters are distributed in a range of 50 to 500 nm, so that an excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained. , in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained, and as a result, high durability can be obtained.

(齿形带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)

在实施方式6所涉及的齿形带B的制造方法中,在材料准备工序,与实施方式4同样,将含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维的用于齿部的未交联橡胶组合物混炼,将其制成形成为带成型模具320的齿部形成槽321的形状的用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’。另外,向橡胶成分中配合各种橡胶配合剂,将通过捏合机、班伯里密炼机等混炼机混炼得到的不含有纤维素类超细纤维的未交联橡胶组合物通过压延成型等成型为片状,制作用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’。In the method of manufacturing the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 6, in the material preparation step, as in Embodiment 4, cellulose-based ultrafine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm are used for the teeth. The uncrosslinked rubber composition is kneaded, and it is made into the uncrosslinked rubber 311b' for teeth formed into the shape of the teeth forming groove 321 of the belt molding die 320 . In addition, various rubber compounding ingredients are added to the rubber component, and the uncrosslinked rubber composition not containing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers obtained by kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer is calender-molded etc. into a sheet shape to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a' for the base.

然后,在成型工序中,与实施方式5的图27同样,在将筒状的齿部侧加强布312'覆盖在带成型模具320的外周并且沿齿部形成槽321设置后,与图28同样,向各齿部形成槽321中嵌入用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’,与图29同样,在其上面以螺旋状卷绕芯线313’,然后,在其上面卷绕用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’,从而形成层叠成型体B’。在交联工序中,进行层叠成型体B’的用于齿部的未交联橡胶311b’以及用于基部的未交联橡胶片311a’的交联,并且,使它们与齿部侧加强布312’以及芯线313’复合一体化,最后,成型与实施方式4的图26同样的圆筒状的带板S。Then, in the molding process, as in FIG. 27 of Embodiment 5, after covering the outer periphery of the belt molding die 320 with the cylindrical tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and setting it along the tooth portion forming groove 321 , the same as in FIG. 28 . , insert the non-crosslinked rubber 311b' for the teeth into each tooth forming groove 321, and wind the core wire 313' helically thereon as in FIG. 29, and then wind the base for the base thereon. The uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a', thereby forming a laminated molded body B'. In the cross-linking step, the non-cross-linked rubber 311b' for the teeth and the non-cross-linked rubber sheet 311a' for the base of the laminated molded body B' are cross-linked, and they are combined with the tooth side reinforcement cloth. 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′ are composited and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical strip S similar to that in FIG. 26 of Embodiment 4 is molded.

其他方法与实施方式4相同。Other methods are the same as in Embodiment 4.

[实施方式7][Embodiment 7]

(齿形带B)(toothed belt B)

实施方式7所涉及的齿形带B的外观结构与实施方式4相同,因此,下面基于图22进行说明。The outer appearance structure of the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment is the same as that of the fourth embodiment, so it will be described below based on FIG. 22 .

在实施方式7所涉及的齿形带B中,对齿部侧加强布312实施浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理。由此,如图30所示,齿部侧加强布312经由通过RFL粘合处理形成的RFL粘合层314与齿形带主体310粘合。此外,在RFL粘合处理前,实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理,该基底粘合处理液由将环氧树脂、异氰酸酯树脂(嵌段异氰酸酯)等基底粘合处理剂溶解在甲苯等溶剂中的溶液或者分散在水中的分散液构成,优选在RFL粘合层314下设置有基底粘合层。另外,可以在RFL粘合处理后,实施浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理以及在齿形带主体310侧的表面涂布橡胶糊并干燥的涂布橡胶糊粘合处理中的一种或者两种的橡胶糊粘合处理,在RFL粘合层314上设置橡胶糊粘合层。In the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment, the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to the RFL bonding treatment of immersing in the RFL aqueous solution and heating. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 30 , the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is bonded to the toothed belt main body 310 via the RFL bonding layer 314 formed by the RFL bonding process. In addition, prior to the RFL bonding treatment, a base bonding treatment is performed by dipping in a base bonding treatment liquid made of a base bonding treatment agent such as epoxy resin or isocyanate resin (blocked isocyanate) and heated. It is composed of a solution dissolved in a solvent such as toluene or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water, and a base adhesive layer is preferably provided under the RFL adhesive layer 314 . In addition, after the RFL bonding treatment, the impregnated rubber paste bonding process of dipping and drying the rubber paste and the coating rubber paste bonding process of applying the rubber paste to the surface of the toothed belt main body 310 side and drying it may be performed. For one or two types of rubber paste bonding treatment, a rubber paste bonding layer is provided on the RFL bonding layer 314 .

RFL粘合层314由RFL水溶液中包含的固体成分形成,包含间苯二酚-福尔马林树脂(RF树脂)以及来源于橡胶胶乳的橡胶成分。另外,RFL粘合层314含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维。RFL粘合层314中包含的纤维素类超细纤维与实施方式4的齿形带主体310中包含的纤维素类超细纤维为同一结构。如上所述,RFL粘合层314含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310的较高粘合力。The RFL adhesive layer 314 is formed of a solid component contained in an RFL aqueous solution, and contains a resorcinol-formalin resin (RF resin) and a rubber component derived from rubber latex. In addition, the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. The cellulose-based ultrafine fibers contained in the RFL adhesive layer 314 have the same structure as the cellulose-based microfibers contained in the toothed belt main body 310 according to the fourth embodiment. As described above, the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains cellulose-based microfibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm, so that high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310 can be obtained.

在RFL粘合层314中,不以特定的方向对纤维素类超细纤维进行取向,即无规则取向。In the RFL adhesive layer 314, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction, that is, they are randomly oriented.

对于RFL粘合层314的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310具有较高的粘合性方面考虑,优选0.5质量%以上,更优选1.0质量%以上,进一步优选2.0质量%以上,另外,优选12质量%以下,更优选10质量%以下,进一步优选8质量%以下。The content of the cellulose-based microfibers in the RFL adhesive layer 314 is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass, from the viewpoint that the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 has high adhesiveness to the toothed belt main body 310 Above, more preferably 2.0% by mass or more, and preferably 12% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 8% by mass or less.

对于RFL粘合层314的相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310具有较高的粘合性的方面考虑,优选1质量份以上,更优选3质量份以上,进一步优选5质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选20质量份以下,进一步优选10质量份以下。The content of cellulose-based microfibers in the RFL adhesive layer 314 relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, further preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

此外,优选在RFL粘合层314中不包含纤维直径为10μm以上的短纤维,但是,在不影响齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310的粘合性的范围内可以包含上述短纤维。In addition, it is preferable not to include short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more in the RFL adhesive layer 314, but the short fibers may be included within a range that does not affect the adhesiveness of the tooth side reinforcement cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310. .

此外,在形成齿形带主体310的基部311a的橡胶组合物中,可以与实施方式4以及实施方式5同样包含纤维素类超细纤维,也可以不包含纤维素类超细纤维。在形成齿形带主体310的齿部311b的橡胶组合物中,可以与实施方式4以及实施方式6同样包含纤维素类超细纤维,也可以不包含纤维素类超细纤维。In addition, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulose-based microfibers similarly to Embodiments 4 and 5, or may not contain cellulose-based microfibers. The rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulose-based microfibers similarly to Embodiments 4 and 6, or may not contain cellulose-based microfibers.

其他结构与实施方式4相同。Other structures are the same as those in Embodiment 4.

根据以上结构的实施方式7所涉及的齿形带B,设置在齿部侧加强布312与齿形带主体310之间的RFL粘合层314含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310的较高的粘合力,能够得到其优异的加强效果,特别是,能够抑制齿部311b的缺损,其结果,能够得到较高的耐久性。According to the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7 having the above structure, the RFL adhesive layer 314 provided between the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulose whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a high adhesive force of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310, and to obtain its excellent reinforcing effect. In particular, it is possible to suppress the defect of the tooth portion 311b. , can obtain higher durability.

(齿形带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)

在实施方式7所涉及的齿形带B的制造方法中,在材料准备工序,在制作齿部侧加强布312’时,对齿部侧加强布312’实施粘合处理。具体来讲,对齿部侧加强布312’实施浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理。另外,优选在RFL粘合处理前实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理。此外,可以在RFL粘合处理后实施浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理以及在齿形带主体310侧的表面涂布橡胶糊并干燥的涂布橡胶糊粘合处理中的一种或者两种橡胶糊粘合处理。In the method of manufacturing the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7, in the material preparation step, when the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312' is produced, the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312' is bonded. Specifically, an RFL bonding process of dipping in an RFL aqueous solution and heating is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312'. In addition, before the RFL bonding treatment, it is preferable to perform the base bonding treatment of immersing in the base bonding treatment liquid and heating. In addition, after the RFL bonding treatment, one of an impregnated rubber paste bonding process of dipping and drying a rubber paste and a coating rubber paste bonding process of applying a rubber paste to the surface of the toothed belt main body 310 side and drying it may be performed after the RFL bonding process. One or two kinds of rubber paste bonding treatment.

《基底粘合处理》"Substrate Adhesive Treatment"

基底粘合处理液例如是将环氧树脂、异氰酸酯树脂(嵌段异氰酸酯)等基底粘合处理剂溶解在甲苯等溶剂中的溶液或者分散在水中的分散液。基底粘合处理液的液体温度例如可以是20~30℃。基底粘合处理液的固体成分浓度优选20质量%以下。The substrate adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, a solution in which a substrate adhesion treatment agent such as epoxy resin or isocyanate resin (blocked isocyanate) is dissolved in a solvent such as toluene or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water. The liquid temperature of the substrate bonding treatment liquid may be, for example, 20 to 30°C. The solid content concentration of the base bonding treatment liquid is preferably 20% by mass or less.

在基底粘合处理液中的浸渍时间例如可以是1~3秒。浸渍于基底粘合处理液后的加热温度(炉温度)例如为200~250℃。加热时间(炉内停留时间)例如可以是1~3分钟。基底粘合处理的次数可以是一次,也可以是两次以上。在齿部侧加强布312'上附着基底粘合处理剂,但是,其附着量(涂布量)以形成齿部侧加强布312’的纤维材料的质量为基准,例如可以是0.5~8质量%。The immersion time in the substrate bonding treatment liquid may be, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after dipping in the base bonding treatment liquid is, for example, 200 to 250°C. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) may be, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The number of substrate bonding treatments may be one time, or two or more times. The base adhesive treatment agent is adhered to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', however, the amount of adhesion (coating amount) is based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', for example, it may be 0.5 to 8 mass %.

《RFL粘合处理》《RFL Bonding Treatment》

RFL水溶液是在间苯二酚与甲醛的初期缩合物中混合有橡胶胶乳以及纤维素类超细纤维分散于水的分散体(凝胶)的水溶液。RFL水溶液的液体温度例如可以是20~30℃。The RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which rubber latex and a dispersion (gel) in which cellulose microfibers are dispersed in water is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcinol and formaldehyde. The liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution may be, for example, 20 to 30°C.

间苯二酚(R)与福尔马林(F)的摩尔比例如可以是R/F=1/1~1/2。作为橡胶胶乳,例如,可以列举乙烯吡啶-苯乙烯-丁二烯橡胶胶乳(Vp-St-SBR)、氯丁橡胶胶乳(CR)、氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶胶乳(CSM)等。间苯二酚与甲醛的初期缩合物(RF)与橡胶胶乳(L)的固体成分质量比例如可以是RF/L=1/5~1/20。The molar ratio of resorcinol (R) to formalin (F) may be, for example, R/F=1/1 to 1/2. Examples of the rubber latex include vinylpyridine-styrene-butadiene rubber latex (Vp-St-SBR), neoprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like. The solid content mass ratio of the primary condensate (RF) of resorcinol and formaldehyde to the rubber latex (L) may be, for example, RF/L=1/5 to 1/20.

RFL水溶液的固体成分浓度优选6.0质量%以上,更优选9.0质量%以上,另外,优选20质量%以下,更优选15质量%以下。The solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 6.0% by mass or more, more preferably 9.0% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.

在RFL水溶液中的浸渍时间例如可以是1~3秒。浸渍于RFL水溶液后的加热温度(炉温度)例如可以是100~180。加热时间(炉内停留时间)例如可以是1~5分钟。RFL粘合处理的次数可以是一次,也可以是两次以上。齿部侧加强布312'上附着RFL粘合层314,但是,其附着量(涂布量)以形成齿部侧加强布312’的纤维材料的质量为基准,例如可以是2~5质量%。The immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution may be, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in RFL aqueous solution can be 100-180, for example. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) may be, for example, 1 to 5 minutes. The number of times of RFL bonding treatment may be one time, or may be two or more times. The RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', however, the amount of the adhesion (coating amount) is based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', and may be, for example, 2 to 5% by mass. .

其他方法与实施方式4相同。Other methods are the same as in Embodiment 4.

[实施方式8][Embodiment 8]

实施方式8所涉及的齿形带B的外观结构与实施方式4相同,因此,以下基于图22进行说明。The external appearance structure of the toothed belt B according to the eighth embodiment is the same as that of the fourth embodiment, so it will be described below with reference to FIG. 22 .

在实施方式8所涉及的齿形带B中,对齿部侧加强布312实施浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理、浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理以及在齿形带主体310侧的表面涂布橡胶糊并干燥的涂布橡胶糊粘合处理中的一种或者两种橡胶糊粘合处理。由此,如图31所示,齿部侧加强布312经由通过RFL粘合处理形成的RFL粘合层314以及通过橡胶糊粘合处理形成的橡胶糊粘合层315与齿形带主体310粘合。此外,优选在RFL粘合处理前实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理,在RFL粘合层314下设置基底粘合层,其中,该基底粘合处理液由将环氧树脂、异氰酸酯树脂(嵌段异氰酸酯)等基底粘合处理剂溶解到甲苯等溶剂中的溶液或者分散到水中的分解液构成。In the toothed belt B according to the eighth embodiment, the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to RFL bonding treatment of dipping in an RFL aqueous solution and heating, dipping in rubber paste and drying, and applying rubber paste bonding treatment to the tooth profile. One or both of rubber paste bonding treatments in which rubber paste is applied to the surface of the belt main body 310 side and dried. Thus, as shown in FIG. 31 , the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is bonded to the toothed belt main body 310 via the RFL adhesive layer 314 formed by the RFL adhesive process and the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 formed by the rubber paste adhesive process. combine. In addition, it is preferable to perform base bonding treatment by immersing in a base bonding treatment liquid and heating before the RFL bonding treatment, and to provide a base bonding layer under the RFL bonding layer 314, wherein the base bonding treatment liquid is made of epoxy resin. It consists of a solution in which a substrate adhesive treatment agent such as resin and isocyanate resin (blocked isocyanate) is dissolved in a solvent such as toluene, or a decomposed liquid dispersed in water.

RFL粘合层314与实施方式4同样,可以含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,也可以不含有纤维素类超细纤维。Like Embodiment 4, the RFL adhesive layer 314 may contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm, or may not contain cellulose-based ultrafine fibers.

橡胶糊粘合层315由橡胶糊中包含的固体成分的橡胶组合物形成,并且,用于形成橡胶糊粘合层315的橡胶组合物通过在橡胶成分中加入纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维并配合各种橡胶配合剂进行混炼的未交联橡胶组合物加热加压并利用交联剂交联而制成。如上所述,橡胶糊粘合层315含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310的高粘合力。The rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is formed by the rubber composition of the solid content contained in the rubber paste, and the rubber composition used to form the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 includes a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm in the rubber component. The uncrosslinked rubber composition is made of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers mixed with various rubber compounding ingredients, heated and pressurized, and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. As described above, the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameters range from 50 to 500 nm, so that high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310 can be obtained.

作为形成橡胶糊粘合层315的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,例如,可以列举氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR)、不饱和羧酸金属盐强化的氢化丙烯腈橡胶(H-HBR)、乙烯-丙烯共聚物(EPR)、乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物(EPDM)、乙烯-辛烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物等乙烯-α-烯烃弹性体、氯丁橡胶(CR)以及氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶(CSM)等。形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分优选其中的一种或者两种以上的混合橡胶。形成橡胶糊粘合层315的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分可以与形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分相同,也可以不同。As the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315, for example, hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-HBR), unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt reinforced hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-HBR), ethylene- Ethylene-α-olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, neoprene rubber (CR) and Chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), etc. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably one or a mixture of two or more rubbers. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 may be the same as or different from the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 .

形成橡胶糊粘合层315的橡胶组合物中包含的纤维素类超细纤维与实施方式4的齿形带主体310中包含的纤维素类超细纤维的结构相同。在橡胶糊粘合层315中,纤维素类超细纤维没有取向为特定方向,是无规则取向的。The cellulose-based microfibers contained in the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 have the same structure as the cellulose-based microfibers contained in the toothed belt main body 310 according to the fourth embodiment. In the rubber paste adhesive layer 315, the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction, but are randomly oriented.

对于橡胶糊粘合层315中的纤维素类超细纤维的含量,从齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310具有较高的粘合性方面考虑,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,优选1质量份以上,更优选3质量份以上,进一步优选5质量份以上,另外,优选30质量份以下,更优选20质量份以下,进一步优选10质量份以下。Regarding the content of the cellulose-based microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer 315, from the viewpoint that the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 has high adhesiveness to the toothed belt main body 310, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, Preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

作为橡胶配合剂,可以列举加强材料、摩擦系数降低材料、交联剂、抗老化剂等。Examples of the rubber compounding agent include reinforcing materials, friction coefficient reducing materials, cross-linking agents, anti-aging agents and the like.

作为加强材料,在炭黑中,例如可以列举槽法炭黑、SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234等炉法炭黑、FT、MT等热碳黑、乙炔炭黑等。作为加强材料还可以列举二氧化硅。加强材料优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于加强材料的含量,优选比用于形成齿形带主体310的橡胶组合物的加强材料的含量少,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是10~30质量份。As a reinforcing material, among carbon blacks, for example, furnace blacks such as channel black, SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234, etc., FT, MT and other thermal carbon black, acetylene carbon black, etc. Silica can also be mentioned as a reinforcing material. The reinforcing material is preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably less than that of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 , and may be, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为摩擦系数降低材料,例如,可以列举超高分子量聚乙烯树脂粉、氟树脂粉、钼等。摩擦系数降低材料优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于摩擦系数降低材料的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是5~15质量份。Examples of the friction coefficient reducing material include ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene resin powder, fluororesin powder, molybdenum and the like. The coefficient of friction reducing material is preferably one or more than two of them. The content of the coefficient of friction reducing material may be, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为交联剂,可以列举硫以及有机过氧化物。作为交联剂,可以配合硫,也可以配合有机过氧化物,也可以同时使用这两者。对于交联剂的配合量,在硫的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.3~5质量份,在有机过氧化物的情况下,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是0.3~5质量份。Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be added, an organic peroxide may be added, or both may be used in combination. The amount of the crosslinking agent may be, for example, 0.3 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, or 0.3 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the case of organic peroxides, with respect to the rubber composition 100 parts by mass of the rubber component may be, for example, 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.

作为硫化促进剂,例如,可以列举秋兰姆类(例如TETD、TT、TRA等)、噻唑类(例如MBT、MBTS等)、亚磺酰胺类(例如CZ等)、二硫代氨基甲酸酯类(例如BZ-P等)等。硫化促进剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于硫化促进剂的含量,相对于橡胶组合物的100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以为1~3质量份。As the vulcanization accelerator, for example, thiurams (such as TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazoles (such as MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamides (such as CZ, etc.), dithiocarbamates (such as BZ-P, etc.) and so on. The vulcanization accelerator is preferably one or more of them. The content of the vulcanization accelerator may be, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

作为抗老化剂,例如,可以列举胺酮类抗老化剂、二胺类抗老化剂、苯酚类抗老化剂等。抗老化剂优选其中的一种或者两种以上。对于抗老化剂的含量,相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,例如可以是1~3质量份。As an antiaging agent, an amine type antiaging agent, a diamine type antiaging agent, a phenol type antiaging agent etc. are mentioned, for example. The anti-aging agent is preferably one or two or more of them. The content of the antiaging agent may be, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

此外,在形成橡胶糊粘合层315的橡胶组合物中,优选不包含纤维直径为10μm以上的短纤维,但是,在不影响齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310的粘合性的范围内可以包含上述短纤维。In addition, in the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315, it is preferable not to contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more. The aforementioned short fibers may be included in the range.

此外,在形成齿形带主体310的基部311a的橡胶组合物中,可以与实施方式4以及实施方式5同样包含纤维素类超细纤维,也可以不包含纤维素类超细纤维。在形成齿形带主体310的齿部311b的橡胶组合物中,可以与实施方式4以及实施方式6同样包含纤维素类超细纤维,也可以不包含纤维素类超细纤维。In addition, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulose-based microfibers similarly to Embodiments 4 and 5, or may not contain cellulose-based microfibers. The rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulose-based microfibers similarly to Embodiments 4 and 6, or may not contain cellulose-based microfibers.

根据以上结构的实施方式8所涉及的齿形带B,设置在齿部侧加强布312与齿形带主体310之间的橡胶糊粘合层315含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够得到齿部侧加强布312对齿形带主体310较高的粘合力,因此,能够得到其优异的加强效果,特别是能够抑制齿部311b的缺损,另外,能够得到优异的耐油性。并且,橡胶糊粘合层315含有纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm的纤维素类超细纤维,因此,能够使齿部侧表面具有较高的耐磨损性。其结果,能够得到较高的耐久性。According to the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 8 having the above structure, the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 provided between the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 contains fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a high adhesive force of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310, and therefore, an excellent reinforcing effect thereof can be obtained, and in particular, the defect of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed. , can obtain excellent oil resistance. In addition, since the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers whose fiber diameters range from 50 to 500 nm, it is possible to impart high wear resistance to the tooth portion side surface. As a result, high durability can be obtained.

(齿形带B的制造方法)(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)

在实施方式8所涉及的齿形带B的制造方法中,在材料准备工序,在制作齿部侧加强布312’时,对齿部侧加强布312’实施粘合处理。具体来讲,对齿部侧加强布312’实施浸渍于RFL水溶液并加热的RFL粘合处理,并且,实施浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理以及在齿形带主体310侧的表面涂布橡胶糊并干燥的涂布橡胶糊粘合处理中的一种或者两种的橡胶糊粘合处理。此外,优选在RFL粘合处理前实施浸渍于基底粘合处理液并加热的基底粘合处理。In the method of manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the eighth embodiment, in the material preparation step, when the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312' is produced, the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312' is bonded. Specifically, RFL bonding treatment of dipping in an RFL aqueous solution and heating is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, further, impregnated rubber paste bonding treatment of dipping in rubber paste and drying, and bonding on the toothed belt main body 310 side are performed. One or two kinds of rubber paste bonding treatments in which the surface is coated with rubber paste and dried. In addition, it is preferable to carry out the base bonding treatment of immersing in the base bonding treatment liquid and heating before the RFL bonding treatment.

基底粘合处理与实施方式7相同。The substrate bonding process is the same as that of the seventh embodiment.

《RFL粘合处理》《RFL Bonding Treatment》

RFL水溶液是在间苯二酚与甲醛的初期缩合物中混合有橡胶胶乳的水溶液。此外,在RFL粘合层314中包含纤维素类超细纤维的情况下,可以与实施方式7同样,在RFL水溶液中包含使纤维素类超细纤维分散于水的分散体(凝胶)。RFL水溶液的液体温度例如可以是20~30℃。RFL水溶液的固体成分浓度优选30质量%以下。The RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which rubber latex is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcinol and formaldehyde. In addition, when the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, a dispersion (gel) in which cellulose-based ultrafine fibers are dispersed in water may be contained in the RFL aqueous solution as in Embodiment 7. The liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution may be, for example, 20 to 30°C. The solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 30% by mass or less.

间苯二酚(R)与福尔马林(F)的摩尔比例如是R/F=1/1~1/2。作为橡胶胶乳,例如可以列举乙烯吡啶-苯乙烯-丁二烯橡胶胶乳(Vp-St-SBR)、氯丁橡胶胶乳(CR)、氯磺化聚乙烯橡胶胶乳(CSM)等。间苯二酚与甲醛的初期缩合物(RF)与橡胶胶乳(L)的固体成分质量比例如是RF/L=1/5~1/20。The molar ratio of resorcinol (R) to formalin (F) is, for example, R/F=1/1 to 1/2. Examples of the rubber latex include vinylpyridine-styrene-butadiene rubber latex (Vp-St-SBR), neoprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like. The solid content mass ratio of the primary condensate (RF) of resorcinol and formaldehyde to the rubber latex (L) is, for example, RF/L=1/5 to 1/20.

RFL水溶液中的浸渍时间例如可以是1~3秒。浸渍于RFL水溶液后的加热温度(炉温度)例如可以是100~180℃。加热时间(炉内停留时间)例如可以是1~5分钟。RFL粘合处理的次数可以是一次,也可以是两次以上。齿部侧加强布312'上附着RFL粘合层314,但是,其附着量(涂布量)以形成齿部侧加强布312’的纤维材料的质量为基准,例如可以是2~5质量%。The immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution may be, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in RFL aqueous solution may be 100-180 degreeC, for example. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) may be, for example, 1 to 5 minutes. The number of times of RFL bonding treatment may be one time, or may be two or more times. The RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', however, the amount of the adhesion (coating amount) is based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', and may be, for example, 2 to 5% by mass. .

《橡胶糊粘合处理》"Rubber Paste Adhesive Treatment"

橡胶糊是将用于形成橡胶糊粘合层315的含有纤维素类超细纤维的橡胶组合物在交联前的未交联橡胶组合物溶解在甲苯等溶剂中的溶液。通过下述方式制作橡胶糊。The rubber paste is a solution obtained by dissolving the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition containing cellulose microfibers used to form the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 in a solvent such as toluene. The rubber paste was produced in the following manner.

首先,向塑炼的橡胶成分中投入纤维素类超细纤维进行混炼,使其分散。First, cellulose-based microfibers are put into the masticated rubber component, kneaded, and dispersed.

其中,作为向橡胶成分分散纤维素类超细纤维的分散方法,例如可以列举下述方法:将使纤维素类超细纤维分散在水中的分散体(凝胶)投入到通过开炼机塑炼的橡胶成分中,在将它们混炼的同时使水分汽化;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散于水中的分散体(凝胶)与橡胶胶乳混合并使水分汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使疏水化的纤维素类超细纤维分散到溶剂中的分散体与使橡胶成分溶解到溶剂中的溶液混合并使溶剂汽化得到的纤维素类超细纤维/橡胶的母料投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;将使纤维素类超细纤维分散于水的分散体(凝胶)冷冻干燥粉碎后投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中;以及将疏水化的纤维素类超细纤维投入到塑炼的橡胶成分中。Among them, as a dispersion method for dispersing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers in the rubber component, for example, the following method can be cited: the dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers in water is put into In the rubber component, the moisture is vaporized while kneading them; the cellulose microfiber obtained by mixing the dispersion (gel) obtained by dispersing the cellulose ultrafine fiber in water with the rubber latex and vaporizing the water / The masterbatch of rubber is put into the rubber component of mastication; the dispersion obtained by dispersing the hydrophobized cellulose ultrafine fiber in the solvent is mixed with the solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and the fiber obtained by vaporizing the solvent The masterbatch of vegan ultrafine fiber/rubber is put into the rubber component of mastication; the dispersion (gel) that disperses the cellulose ultrafine fiber in water is freeze-dried and pulverized, and then put into the rubber component of mastication; And put the hydrophobized cellulose microfiber into the masticated rubber component.

然后,在将橡胶成分与纤维素类超细纤维混炼的同时,投入各种橡胶配合剂,继续混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。Then, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulose-based microfibers, various rubber compounding ingredients were added, and the kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

然后,将该未交联橡胶组合物投入到溶剂中,进行搅拌直至形成均匀的溶液,从而制作橡胶糊。橡胶糊的液体温度例如可以是20~30℃。Then, this uncrosslinked rubber composition was poured into a solvent, and stirred until a uniform solution was formed to prepare a rubber paste. The liquid temperature of the rubber paste may be, for example, 20 to 30°C.

对于橡胶糊的固体成分浓度,在用于含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中,优选5质量%以上,更优选10质量%以上,另外,优选30质量%以下,更优选20质量%以下。在用于涂布橡胶糊粘合处理中,优选10质量%以上,更优选20质量%以上,另外,优选50质量%以下,更优选40质量%以下。The solid content concentration of the rubber paste is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, for use in bonding treatment of impregnated rubber paste. For use in coating rubber paste adhesion treatment, it is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.

在含浸橡胶糊粘合处理的情况下,橡胶糊中的浸渍时间例如可以是1~3秒。浸渍于橡胶糊后的干燥温度(炉温度)例如可以是50~100℃。干燥时间(炉内停留时间)例如可以是1~3分钟。含浸橡胶糊粘合处理的次数可以是一次,也可以是两次以上。在齿部侧加强布312’上附着橡胶糊粘合层315,但是,其附着量(涂布量)以形成齿部侧加强布312’的纤维材料的质量为基准,例如可以是2~5质量%。In the case of bonding treatment by dipping rubber paste, the immersion time in the rubber paste may be, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The drying temperature (oven temperature) after dipping in the rubber paste may be, for example, 50 to 100°C. The drying time (residence time in the oven) may be, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The frequency of bonding treatment with the impregnated rubber paste can be one time or more than two times. The rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', but the amount of adhesion (coating amount) is based on the quality of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', for example, it can be 2 to 5 quality%.

在涂布橡胶糊粘合处理的情况下,涂布后的干燥温度(炉温度)例如可以是50~100℃。干燥时间(炉内停留时间)例如可以是1~3分钟。涂布橡胶糊粘合处理的次数可以是一次,也可以是两次以上。在齿部侧加强布312'上附着橡胶糊粘合层315,但是,其附着量(涂布量)以形成齿部侧加强布312’的纤维材料的质量为基准。例如可以是2~5质量%。In the case of coating rubber paste bonding treatment, the drying temperature (oven temperature) after coating may be, for example, 50 to 100°C. The drying time (residence time in the oven) may be, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The number of times of applying rubber paste bonding treatment may be one time or more than two times. The rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is adhered to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312', however, the amount of the adhesive (coating amount) is based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312'. For example, it may be 2 to 5% by mass.

其他方法与实施方式4相同。Other methods are the same as in Embodiment 4.

-实施例--Example-

(未交联橡胶组合物)(uncrosslinked rubber composition)

制作下面的用于形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物的橡胶1~7以及用于齿部侧加强布的橡胶糊粘合层的未交联橡胶组合物的橡胶8~14。表6以及表7示出各种配合情况。The following rubbers 1 to 7 of the uncrosslinked rubber composition used for forming the main body of the toothed belt and rubbers 8 to 14 of the uncrosslinked rubber composition used for the rubber paste adhesive layer of the tooth side reinforcement cloth were produced. Table 6 and Table 7 show various combinations.

<橡胶1><Rubber 1>

首先,调制在甲苯中分散有粉末纤维素(日本制纸公司生产商品名:KCflock W-GK)的分散液,使用高压均质机,使该分散体彼此撞击,使粉末纤维素解纤为纤维素超细纤维,得到在甲苯中分散有纤维素超细纤维的分散体。由此,通过机械解纤方法制造纤维素超细纤维,另外,没有进行疏水化处理。First, prepare a dispersion liquid in which powdered cellulose (manufactured by Nippon Paper Co., Ltd.: KCflock W-GK) is dispersed in toluene, and use a high-pressure homogenizer to collide the dispersion with each other to defibrilate the powdered cellulose into fibers. cellulose microfibers to obtain a dispersion of cellulose microfibers dispersed in toluene. Thus, cellulose microfibers were produced by a mechanical defibration method, and no hydrophobizing treatment was performed.

然后,将在甲苯中分散有纤维素超细纤维的该分散体与在甲苯中溶解有H-HBR(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:Zetpol 2020)并添加有增塑剂(DIC公司生产商品名:W-260)的溶液配合,使甲苯以及增塑剂汽化,制作纤维素超细纤维/H-HBR的母料。此外,对于母料中各成分的含量,纤维素类超细纤维为25质量%,增塑剂为25质量%,H-HBR为50质量%。Then, the dispersion of cellulose microfibers dispersed in toluene was dissolved in toluene with H-HBR (trade name produced by ZEON Corporation of Japan: Zetpol 2020) and added with a plasticizer (trade name produced by DIC Corporation: W-260) is mixed with a solution to vaporize toluene and plasticizer to produce a masterbatch of cellulose microfiber/H-HBR. In addition, the content of each component in the masterbatch was 25% by mass of cellulose-based ultrafine fibers, 25% by mass of the plasticizer, and 50% by mass of H-HBR.

然后,将H-HBR塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。H-HBR与母料的混合质量比为98:4,在H-HBR总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量的为1质量份。Then, H-HBR was masticated, and a masterbatch was put thereinto and kneaded. The mixing mass ratio of H-HBR and masterbatch is 98:4, when the total amount of H-HBR is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfiber is 1 part by mass.

然后,将H-HBR、纤维素超细纤维以及增塑剂混炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的H-HBR的40质量份的作为加强材料的FEF炭黑(东海炭素公司生产商品名:SEAST SO)、1质量份的作为加工助剂的硬脂酸(日油公司生产商品名:硬脂酸椿)、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌(界化学工业公司生产商品名:氧化锌两种)、24质量份的增塑剂、5质量份的作为助交联剂的液态NBR(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:Nipol 1312)、0.5质量份的作为交联剂的硫(日本干馏工业公司生产商品名:oilSulfur)、2质量份的秋兰姆类硫化促进剂(大内新兴化学公司生产商品名:Nocseller TET-G)以及2质量份的胺酮类抗老化剂(大内新兴株式会社生产商品名:Nocrac224),继续混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。将该未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶1。此外,对于橡胶1中的增塑剂的含量,母料中含有的以及后面添加的总量相对于100质量份的HNBR为25质量份。Then, H-HBR, cellulose microfibers and plasticizer were kneaded, and FEF carbon black (Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd. Production trade name: SEAST SO), 1 mass part of stearic acid (NOF Corporation production trade name: Stearic Acid Stearic Acid), 5 mass parts of zinc oxide (Kai Kagaku Kogyo) as vulcanization acceleration aid as processing aid The trade name produced by the company: two kinds of zinc oxide), 24 parts by mass of plasticizer, 5 parts by mass of liquid NBR (trade name produced by Japan ZEON company: Nipol 1312), 0.5 parts by mass of NBR as a crosslinking agent Sulfur (trade name: oilSulfur produced by Japan Dry Distillation Industry Co., Ltd.), 2 mass parts of thiuram vulcanization accelerator (trade name: Nocseller TET-G produced by Ouchi Shining Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 2 mass parts of amine ketones Aging agent (trade name: Nocrac224 produced by Ouchi Xinxing Co., Ltd.) was continued to knead to make an uncrosslinked rubber composition. This uncrosslinked rubber composition was referred to as Rubber 1. In addition, regarding the content of the plasticizer in Rubber 1, the total amount contained in the masterbatch and added later was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of HNBR.

<橡胶2><Rubber 2>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于H-HBR100质量份设置为3质量份以外,将与橡胶1同样制作的未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶2。A non-crosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as Rubber 1 was used as Rubber 2 except that the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 3 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR.

<橡胶3><Rubber 3>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于H-HBR100质量份设置为5质量份以外,将与橡胶1同样制作的未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶3。A non-crosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as Rubber 1 was used as Rubber 3 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR.

<橡胶4><Rubber 4>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于H-HBR100质量份设置为10质量份以外,将与橡胶1同样制作的未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶4。A non-crosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as Rubber 1 was used as Rubber 4 except that the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR.

<橡胶5><Rubber 5>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于H-HBR100质量份设置为15质量份以外,将与橡胶1同样制作的未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶5。A non-crosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as Rubber 1 was used as Rubber 5 except that the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR.

<橡胶6><Rubber 6>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于H-HBR100质量份设置为25质量份以外,将与橡胶1同样制作的未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶6。A non-crosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as Rubber 1 was used as Rubber 6 except that the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers was 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of H-HBR.

<橡胶7><Rubber 7>

塑炼H-HBR,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的H-HBR的40质量份的作为加强材料的FEF炭黑、1质量份的作为加工助剂的硬脂酸、5质量份的作为硫化促进助剂的氧化锌、10质量份的增塑剂、5质量份的作为助交联剂的液态NBR、0.5质量份的作为交联剂的硫、2质量份的秋兰姆类硫化促进剂以及2质量份的胺酮类抗老化剂,进行混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。将该未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶7。由此,橡胶7不包含纤维素超细纤维。H-HBR was masticated, and 40 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a reinforcing material, 1 part by mass of stearic acid as a processing aid, 5 parts by mass of Zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator, 10 parts by mass of plasticizer, 5 parts by mass of liquid NBR as an auxiliary crosslinking agent, 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent, 2 parts by mass of thiurams A vulcanization accelerator and 2 parts by mass of an amine-based antiaging agent were kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. This uncrosslinked rubber composition was referred to as Rubber 7. Thus, the rubber 7 does not contain cellulose microfibers.

[表6][Table 6]

<橡胶8><Rubber 8>

将甲基丙烯酸锌强化H-HBR(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:Zeoforte ZSC 2295)以及H-HBR(日本ZEON公司生产商品名:Zetpole 2020)以前后者的混合质量比为50∶50的方式进行塑炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的20质量份的作为加强材料的FEF炭黑(东海炭素公司生产商品名:SEAST SO)、10质量份的作为摩擦系数降低材料的超高分子量聚乙烯粉末(三井化学公司生产商品名:mipelonXM-220)、0.5质量份的作为交联剂的硫(日本干馏工业公司生产商品名:oilSulfur)、2质量份秋兰姆类硫化促进剂(大内新兴化学公司生产商品名:Nocseller TET-G)以及2质量份的胺酮类抗老化剂(大内新兴株式会社生产商品名:Nocrac224),进行混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。将该未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶8。由此,橡胶8不包含纤维素超细纤维。Strengthen H-HBR (trade name: Zeoforte ZSC 2295 produced by ZEON Corporation of Japan) and H-HBR (trade name: Zetpole 2020 produced by ZEON Corporation of Japan) with zinc methacrylate in such a way that the mixing mass ratio of the former and the latter is 50:50 Mastication, and 20 parts by mass of FEF carbon black (trade name produced by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.: SEAST SO) as a reinforcing material relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, and 10 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a friction coefficient reducing material were respectively dropped into 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. Ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene powder (trade name: mipelonXM-220 produced by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.), 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur (trade name produced by Japan Dry Distillation Industry Co., Ltd.: oilSulfur) as a crosslinking agent, 2 parts by mass of thiuram vulcanization Accelerator (trade name: Nocseller TET-G produced by Ouchi Shinko Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 2 parts by mass of amine-ketone antiaging agent (trade name: Nocrac224 produced by Ouchi Shinko Co., Ltd.), kneaded to make uncrosslinked rubber combination. This uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 8. Thus, the rubber 8 does not contain cellulose microfibers.

<橡胶9><Rubber 9>

将甲基丙烯酸锌强化H-HBR以及H-HBR塑炼,并且,向其中投入母料进行混炼。甲基丙烯酸锌强化H-HBR、H-HBR以及母料的混合质量比为50∶48∶4,在H-HBR总量为100质量份的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量为1质量份。Zinc methacrylate-reinforced H-HBR and H-HBR were masticated, and a masterbatch was put thereinto and kneaded. The mixing mass ratio of zinc methacrylate reinforced H-HBR, H-HBR and masterbatch is 50:48:4, when the total amount of H-HBR is 100 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfiber is 1 mass share.

然后,将甲基丙烯酸锌强化H-HBR、H-HBR、纤维素超细纤维以及增塑剂混炼,并且,向其中分别投入相对于100质量份的甲基丙烯酸锌强化H-HBR以及H-HBR的橡胶成分的20质量份的作为加强材料的FEF炭黑、10质量份的超高分子量聚乙烯粉末、0.5质量份的作为交联剂的硫、2质量份的秋兰姆类硫化促进剂以及2质量份的胺酮类抗老化剂,进行混炼,制作未交联橡胶组合物。将该未交联橡胶组合物作为橡胶9。Then, zinc methacrylate reinforced H-HBR, H-HBR, cellulose microfibers, and a plasticizer were kneaded, and 100 parts by mass of zinc methacrylate reinforced H-HBR and H - 20 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene powder, 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent, and 2 parts by mass of thiuram vulcanization accelerator for the rubber component of HBR agent and 2 parts by mass of amine and ketone antiaging agents, and kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. This uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 9.

<橡胶10><Rubber 10>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为3质量份以外,与橡胶9同样制作未交联橡胶组合物,作为橡胶10。A non-crosslinked rubber composition was prepared as Rubber 10 in the same manner as Rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 3 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<橡胶11><Rubber 11>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为5质量份以外,与橡胶9同样制作未交联橡胶组合物,作为橡胶11。A non-crosslinked rubber composition was produced as Rubber 11 in the same manner as Rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<橡胶12><Rubber 12>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为10质量份以外,与橡胶9同样制作未交联橡胶组合物,作为橡胶12。A non-crosslinked rubber composition was prepared as Rubber 12 in the same manner as Rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<橡胶13><Rubber 13>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为15质量份以外,与橡胶9同样制作未交联橡胶组合物,作为橡胶13。A non-crosslinked rubber composition was prepared as Rubber 13 in the same manner as Rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 15 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

<橡胶14><Rubber 14>

除了将纤维素超细纤维的含量相对于100质量份的橡胶成分设置为25质量份以外,与橡胶9同样制作未交联橡胶组合物,作为橡胶14。A non-crosslinked rubber composition was prepared as Rubber 14 in the same manner as Rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose microfibers was 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

[表7][Table 7]

(用于实验评估的齿形带)(toothed belt for experimental evaluation)

制作以下实施例6-1~实施例6-13以及比较例6的用于实验评估的齿形带(齿部的齿距为8mm,带宽为10mm)。表8中分别示出了各自的结构。Toothed belts for experimental evaluation of the following Examples 6-1 to 6-13 and Comparative Example 6 (the tooth pitch of the tooth portion is 8 mm, and the belt width is 10 mm) were produced. Table 8 shows the respective structures.

<实施例6-1><Example 6-1>

在实施例6-1的齿形带中,作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶1。In the toothed belt of Example 6-1, Rubber 1 containing cellulose ultrafine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

作为齿部侧加强布,使用将聚氨酯线上卷绕芳香族聚酰胺纤维(帝人公司生产商品名:Technora)而给予伸缩性的包覆纱作为纬线、将尼龙捻线作为经线的织布。对该齿部侧加强布的织布实施作为基底粘合处理的浸渍于环氧树脂溶液后加热的基底粘合处理以及浸渍于RFL水溶液后加热的RFL粘合处理。另外,对实施了RFL粘合处理的齿部侧加强布的织布重复实施两次浸渍于橡胶糊并干燥的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理。作为橡胶糊,使用将不含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶8溶解于甲苯溶剂的、固体成分浓度为10质量%的橡胶糊。橡胶糊的液体温度是25℃。橡胶糊的浸渍时间是5秒。橡胶糊浸渍后的干燥温度是100℃,干燥时间是40秒。As the tooth portion side reinforcing fabric, a woven fabric was used in which aramid fiber (trade name: Technora manufactured by Teijin Corporation) was wound around a polyurethane thread to impart stretchability to the covered yarn as the weft, and nylon twisted yarn as the warp. As the base bonding treatment, the woven fabric of the reinforcing fabric on the tooth side was subjected to a base bonding treatment of dipping in an epoxy resin solution and then heating, and a RFL bonding treatment of dipping in an RFL aqueous solution and then heating. In addition, the woven fabric of the tooth portion side reinforcing fabric subjected to the RFL bonding treatment was repeatedly subjected to the rubber paste impregnated bonding process of immersing in the rubber paste and drying it twice. As the rubber paste, a rubber paste having a solid content concentration of 10% by mass was used in which the rubber 8 not containing cellulose microfibers was dissolved in a toluene solvent. The liquid temperature of the rubber paste is 25°C. The dipping time of the rubber paste was 5 seconds. The drying temperature after dipping the rubber paste was 100° C., and the drying time was 40 seconds.

作为芯线,使用玻璃纤维制芯线。As the core wire, a glass fiber core wire was used.

<实施例6-2><Example 6-2>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶2以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-2的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1 except that the rubber 2 containing cellulose ultrafine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

<实施例6-3><Example 6-3>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶3以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-3的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1 except that the rubber 3 containing cellulose ultrafine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

<实施例6-4><Example 6-4>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶4以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-4的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1 except that the rubber 4 containing cellulose microfibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

<实施例6-5><Example 6-5>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶9的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-5的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 9 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the adhesive treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth impregnated with the rubber paste.

<实施例6-6><Example 6-6>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶10的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-6的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 10 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the adhesive treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth impregnated with the rubber paste.

<实施例6-7><Example 6-7>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶11的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-7的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 11 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the adhesive treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth impregnated with the rubber paste.

<实施例6-8><Example 6-8>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶12的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-8的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 12 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the bonding treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth impregnated with rubber paste.

<实施例6-9><Example 6-9>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶13的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-9的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 13 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the adhesive treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth impregnated with the rubber paste.

<实施例6-10><Example 6-10>

除了在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶14的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-4同样制作实施例6-10的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-4, except that the rubber paste of rubber 14 containing cellulose microfibers was used for the adhesive treatment of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth impregnated with the rubber paste.

<实施例6-11><Example 6-11>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶5以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-11的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1 except that the rubber 5 containing cellulose ultrafine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

<实施例6-12><Example 6-12>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶6以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-12的齿形带。The toothed belt of Example 6-12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1 except that the rubber 6 containing cellulose ultrafine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt.

<实施例6-13><Example 6-13>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用不含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶7并且在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶12的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-1同样制作实施例6-13的齿形带。As the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt, except that rubber 7 not containing cellulose microfibers is used and rubber containing cellulose microfibers is used in the impregnated rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcement cloth Except for the rubber paste of 12, the toothed belt of Example 6-13 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1.

<比较例6><Comparative example 6>

作为形成齿形带主体的未交联橡胶组合物,除了使用不含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶7并且在齿部侧加强布的含浸橡胶糊粘合处理中使用不含有纤维素超细纤维的橡胶8的橡胶糊以外,与实施例6-1同样制作比较例6的齿形带。As the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt, except for using rubber 7 not containing cellulose microfibers and using rubber 7 not containing cellulose microfibers in the impregnated rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcement cloth Except for the rubber paste of rubber 8, the toothed belt of Comparative Example 6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 6-1.

[表8][Table 8]

(试验评估方法)(Test Evaluation Method)

<纤维素超细纤维的平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of cellulose microfibers>

从实施例6-1~实施例6-13的齿形带的齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层中采集交联橡胶1~6以及橡胶9~14的橡胶组合物的样品,将这些橡胶组合物的样品冷冻粉碎后,通过扫描型电子显微镜(SEM)观察其截面,并且,任意选择50根纤维测量纤维直径,求出其平均数作为平均纤维直径。另外,求出50根纤维素超细纤维中的纤维直径的最大值以及最小值。Samples of the rubber compositions of crosslinked rubbers 1 to 6 and rubbers 9 to 14 were collected from the toothed belt main body and the rubber paste adhesive layer of the toothed belts of Examples 6-1 to 6-13, and these rubbers were After the sample of the composition was frozen and pulverized, its cross-section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and 50 fibers were randomly selected to measure the fiber diameter, and the average was obtained as the average fiber diameter. In addition, the maximum and minimum values of the fiber diameters among the 50 cellulose ultrafine fibers were obtained.

<带运转试验><with running test>

图32表示带运转试验机330的带轮设计。FIG. 32 shows a pulley design for a belt running tester 330 .

该带运转试验机330具有驱动带轮331、从动带轮332以及导轮333。驱动带轮331在带轮周缘设置有21个齿部咬合槽。从动带轮332在带轮周缘设置有42个齿部咬合槽。导轮333由于按压带背面而使带轮周缘形成为平面。驱动带轮331、从动带轮332以及导轮333均为碳钢(S45C)制。This belt running test machine 330 has a driving pulley 331 , a driven pulley 332 , and a guide pulley 333 . The driving pulley 331 is provided with 21 teeth engagement grooves on the periphery of the pulley. The driven pulley 332 is provided with 42 teeth engaging grooves on the periphery of the pulley. The guide pulley 333 forms a flat surface around the pulley by pressing the back surface of the belt. The driving pulley 331, the driven pulley 332, and the guide pulley 333 are all made of carbon steel (S45C).

对实施例6-1~实施例6-13以及比较例6的各齿形带B使用该带运转试验机330,通过下述方式评估齿部耐缺损性以及耐磨损性。Using the belt running tester 330 for each of the toothed belts B of Examples 6-1 to 6-13 and Comparative Example 6, tooth chipping resistance and wear resistance were evaluated in the following manner.

-齿部耐缺损性评估--Tooth chipping resistance evaluation-

首先,测量齿形带B的质量。然后,在带运转试验机330上卷绕齿形带B,从动带轮332向后方承受载荷,对齿形带B施加216N的张力。然后,以齿形带B承受的张力为550N的方式使驱动带轮331以3000rpm的转速旋转,运转带,将直至齿部发生缺损的运转时间作为齿部耐久寿命。在室温环境下进行实施例6-1~实施例6-13以及比较例6的带运转试验,并且,在80℃环境下进行实施例6-1~实施例6-4、实施例6-11、实施例6-12以及比较例6的带运转试验。First, measure the mass of the toothed belt B. Then, the toothed belt B was wound on the belt running tester 330, the driven pulley 332 received a load backward, and a tension of 216N was applied to the toothed belt B. Then, the drive pulley 331 was rotated at 3000 rpm so that the tension on the toothed belt B was 550 N, the belt was run, and the operating time until the teeth were broken was defined as the tooth durability life. The belt running test of Example 6-1 to Example 6-13 and Comparative Example 6 was carried out at room temperature, and Example 6-1 to Example 6-4 and Example 6-11 were carried out at 80°C. , Embodiment 6-12 and the belt running test of comparative example 6.

-耐磨损性评估--Evaluation of abrasion resistance-

在与上述耐磨损性测量相同的条件下使齿形带B进行300小时带运转。带运转后,再次测量齿形带B的质量,计算出运转前后的质量差作为磨损质量。The toothed belt B was subjected to belt running for 300 hours under the same conditions as in the above wear resistance measurement. After the belt runs, measure the quality of the toothed belt B again, and calculate the quality difference before and after running as the wear quality.

<耐油性试验><Oil resistance test>

测量实施例6-1~实施例6-13以及比较例6的各齿形带的质量后,在新的机油中以140℃浸渍168小时。然后,将附着的油通过空气枪充分去除,再次测量质量。计算出浸渍前后的质量变化率(以%表示)。After measuring the mass of each toothed belt of Example 6-1 to Example 6-13 and Comparative Example 6, it was immersed in new engine oil at 140° C. for 168 hours. Then, the adhering oil was sufficiently removed with an air gun, and the mass was measured again. Calculate the mass change rate (expressed in %) before and after immersion.

(试验评估结果)(test evaluation results)

表9以及表10中示出了实验结果。此外,在下面不特别说明的情况下,纤维素超细纤维的含量是指相对于100质量份的橡胶成分的质量份。Table 9 and Table 10 show the experimental results. In addition, unless otherwise specified below, the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers means parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

[表9][Table 9]

[表10][Table 10]

<纤维素超细纤维的平均纤维直径、纤维直径分布><Average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of cellulose microfibers>

根据表10可知,交联橡胶1~6以及橡胶9~14的橡胶组合物中含有的纤维素超细纤维的纤维直径的分布均较为广泛。As can be seen from Table 10, the distribution of the fiber diameters of the cellulose microfibers contained in the rubber compositions of the crosslinked rubbers 1 to 6 and rubbers 9 to 14 is wide.

<带运转试验><with running test>

-齿部耐缺损性(室温)--Tooth chipping resistance (room temperature)-

在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层均不含有纤维素超细纤维的比较例6中,室温的齿部耐久寿命为384小时。In Comparative Example 6 in which neither the toothed belt main body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose microfibers, the durability life of the teeth at room temperature was 384 hours.

与此相对,仅在齿形带主体中含有纤维素超细纤维、其含量分别0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份、15质量份以及25质量份的实施例6-1~实施例6-4以及实施例6-11~实施例6-12中,室温的齿部耐久寿命依次为528小时、696小时、792小时、864小时、936小时以及1056小时。即,由此可知,在本实施例的范围内,随着纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,齿部耐久寿命变长。In contrast, only the toothed belt main body contains cellulose microfibers, and the contents are 0 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass, and 25 parts by mass. In Example 6-1 to Example 6-4 and Example 6-11 to Example 6-12, the tooth durability life at room temperature was 528 hours, 696 hours, 792 hours, 864 hours, 936 hours, and 1056 hours. That is, it can be seen from this that within the scope of the present example, as the content of cellulose microfibers increases, the durability life of the teeth becomes longer.

另外,可以看出,在齿形带主体的纤维素超细纤维的含量同为10质量份的实施例6-4~实施例6-10中,随着橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,基本上齿部耐久寿命变长。具体来讲,实施例6-4~实施例6-10的橡胶糊粘合层中的纤维素超细纤维的含量分别为0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份、15质量份以及25质量份,与之对应,室温下的齿部耐久寿命依次为864小时、912小时、960小时、1032小时、1080小时、1128小时以及1128小时。此外,在实施例6-9以及实施例6-10中,齿部耐久寿命相同,因此,可以认为在纤维素超细纤维的含量为15质量份以上时,齿部耐久性的提高效果可能达到饱和。In addition, it can be seen that in Examples 6-4 to 6-10 in which the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers in the main body of the toothed belt is the same as 10 parts by mass, as the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer The increase in the fiber content basically increases the durability of the teeth. Specifically, the contents of cellulose ultrafine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layers of Examples 6-4 to 6-10 are 0 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, and 10 parts by mass. parts, 15 parts by mass, and 25 parts by mass. Correspondingly, the tooth durability at room temperature is 864 hours, 912 hours, 960 hours, 1032 hours, 1080 hours, 1128 hours, and 1128 hours. In addition, in Examples 6-9 and Examples 6-10, the durability life of the teeth is the same, therefore, it can be considered that when the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers is 15 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the durability of the teeth may reach saturation.

另外,仅在橡胶糊粘合层中含有10质量份的纤维素超细纤维的实施例6-13中,齿部耐久寿命为456小时,相对于比较例6的384小时稍长。但是,在齿形带主体的纤维素超细纤维的含量为10质量份的实施例6-8的情况下,虽然橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量与实施例6-13相同,但是齿部耐久寿命为1080小时,大幅度优于实施例6-13。In addition, only in Examples 6-13 in which 10 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers were contained in the rubber paste adhesive layer, the durability life of the teeth was 456 hours, which was slightly longer than that of Comparative Example 6, which was 384 hours. However, in the case of Example 6-8 in which the content of cellulose microfibers in the toothed belt main body was 10 parts by mass, although the content of cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer was the same as that of Examples 6-13, , but the durability life of the teeth is 1080 hours, which is significantly better than that of Examples 6-13.

由此可知,在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层中任意一个含有纤维素超细纤维的情况下,都可以提高齿部耐久寿命,但是,在齿形带主体中含有的情况下效果较为显著。From this, it can be seen that when any one of the toothed belt main body and the rubber paste adhesive layer contains cellulose microfibers, the durable life of the teeth can be improved, but the effect is greater when the toothed belt main body is contained. significantly.

-齿部耐缺损性(80℃)--Tooth chipping resistance (80°C)-

在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层均不含有纤维素超细纤维的比较例6中,80℃的齿部耐久寿命为240小时。In Comparative Example 6 in which neither the toothed belt main body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose microfibers, the durability life of the teeth at 80° C. was 240 hours.

对此,仅在齿形带主体中含有纤维素超细纤维、其含量分别为0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份、15质量份以及25质量份的实施例6-1~实施例6-4以及实施例6-11~实施例6-12中,80℃下的齿部耐久寿命依次为432小时、624小时、744小时、792小时、888小时以及9126小时。即,由此可知,在本实施例的范围内,随着纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,高温下的齿部耐久寿命变长。In this regard, only cellulose ultrafine fibers are contained in the toothed belt main body, and the content thereof is respectively 0 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass and 25 parts by mass. In Example 6-1 to Example 6-4 and Example 6-11 to Example 6-12, the durability life of the teeth at 80°C was 432 hours, 624 hours, 744 hours, 792 hours, 888 hours and 9126 hours. Hour. That is, it can be seen from this that within the scope of the present example, as the content of cellulose microfibers increases, the durability life of the teeth at high temperatures becomes longer.

另外,高温(80℃)的齿部耐久寿命均比室温的齿部耐久寿命短。但是,通过含有纤维素超细纤维可以减轻其劣化程度。即,在比较例6中,室温的齿部耐久寿命为384小时,与之对应,80℃的齿部耐久寿命为240小时,劣化38%左右。与此相对,在齿形带主体中含有1质量份的纤维素超细纤维的实施例6-1中,室温的齿部耐久寿命为528小时,与之对应,80℃的齿部耐久寿命为432小时,劣化18%左右。在实施例6-2、实施例6-3、实施例6-4、实施例6-11以及实施例6-12中,其劣化程度依次为10%、6%、8%、5%以及14%左右,由此可见,与不含有纤维素超细纤维的情况相比,劣化程度均较大减轻。In addition, the durability life of the tooth portion at high temperature (80° C.) was shorter than that of the tooth portion at room temperature. However, the degree of deterioration can be reduced by containing cellulose microfibers. That is, in Comparative Example 6, the durability life of the teeth at room temperature was 384 hours, and correspondingly, the durability life of the teeth at 80° C. was 240 hours, and the deterioration was about 38%. In contrast, in Example 6-1 in which 1 part by mass of cellulose microfibers were contained in the toothed belt main body, the durability life of the teeth at room temperature was 528 hours, and correspondingly, the durability life of the teeth at 80°C was 432 hours, about 18% deterioration. In embodiment 6-2, embodiment 6-3, embodiment 6-4, embodiment 6-11 and embodiment 6-12, its deterioration degree is successively 10%, 6%, 8%, 5% and 14% %, it can be seen that compared with the case of not containing cellulose microfibers, the degree of deterioration is greatly reduced.

如上所述,通过含有纤维素超细纤维可以减轻高温的齿部耐久寿命的主要原因在于,可以降低线膨胀系数。即,通过含有纤维素超细纤维,可以降低齿形带的线膨胀系数。如果线膨胀系数降低,则高温下的齿部膨胀受到抑制。其结果,可以在高温下维持齿部与带轮的咬合精度,抑制温度上升引起的齿部负担的增加,其结果,推测为可以抑制高温下齿部耐久寿命发生劣化。As described above, the main reason why the high-temperature tooth portion durability life can be reduced by containing cellulose microfibers is that the coefficient of linear expansion can be reduced. That is, the linear expansion coefficient of the toothed belt can be reduced by containing cellulose microfibers. If the linear expansion coefficient is lowered, tooth portion expansion at high temperature is suppressed. As a result, the meshing accuracy between the teeth and the pulley can be maintained at high temperatures, and the increase in the load on the teeth due to temperature rise can be suppressed. As a result, it is presumed that the deterioration of the durability life of the teeth at high temperatures can be suppressed.

-耐磨损性--Abrasion resistance-

在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层均不含有纤维素超细纤维的比较例6中,磨损质量为4.1g。另外,仅在齿形带主体中含有纤维素超细纤维的实施例6-1~实施例6-4以及实施例6-11~实施例6-12中,磨损质量为3.9g~4.3g。由此可知,仅齿形带主体中含有纤维素超细纤维,并不能够显著提高耐磨损性。In Comparative Example 6 in which neither the toothed belt main body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose microfibers, the abrasion mass was 4.1 g. In addition, only in Examples 6-1 to 6-4 and Examples 6-11 to 6-12 in which cellulose ultrafine fibers were contained in the toothed belt main body, the abrasion mass was 3.9 g to 4.3 g. From this, it can be seen that only the inclusion of cellulose microfibers in the toothed belt main body does not significantly improve the wear resistance.

与此相对,在齿形带主体的纤维素超细纤维的含量同为10质量份的实施例6-4~实施例6-10中,橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量分别为0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份、15质量份以及25质量份,与之对应,磨损质量依次为4.2g、3.3g、2.5g、2.1g、1.8g、1.4g以及1.3g。即,随着橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,磨损质量减少。其中,如果磨损质量为3.5g以下,则认为相对于现有状况得到了优异的改善。On the other hand, in Examples 6-4 to 6-10 in which the content of the cellulose microfibers in the toothed belt main body was the same as 10 parts by mass, the contents of the cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer were respectively 0 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass and 25 parts by mass. g, 1.4g and 1.3g. That is, as the content of cellulose microfibers of the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, the wear quality decreases. Among them, if the wear mass is 3.5 g or less, it is considered to be excellently improved from the conventional situation.

另外,在齿形带主体中不含有纤维素超细纤维的实施例6-13中,橡胶糊粘合层中含有10质量份的纤维素超细纤维,磨损质量为2.0g,可见显著改善了耐磨损性。In addition, in Examples 6-13 in which the main body of the toothed belt does not contain cellulose microfibers, the rubber paste adhesive layer contains 10 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers, and the wear mass is 2.0 g, which shows that the wear quality has been significantly improved. abrasion resistance.

由此可知,通过在齿部侧加强布的橡胶糊粘合层中含有纤维素超细纤维可以起到提高耐磨损性的效果。From this, it can be seen that the effect of improving the wear resistance can be achieved by including cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer of the tooth portion side reinforcement cloth.

<耐油性试验><Oil resistance test>

在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层均不含有纤维素超细纤维的比较例6中,作为耐油性的评估指标的油溶胀前后的质量变化量为4.4%。In Comparative Example 6 in which neither the toothed belt main body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose microfibers, the amount of mass change before and after oil swelling, which is an evaluation index of oil resistance, was 4.4%.

对此,仅在齿形带主体中含有纤维素超细纤维、其含量分别为0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份,15质量份以及25质量份的实施例6-1~实施例6-4以及实施例6-11~实施例6-12中,质量变化量依次为3.9%、3.7%、3.1%、2.8%、1.9%以及1.5%。即,由此可知,在本实施例的范围内,随着纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,质量变化量变小,耐油性提高。In this regard, only cellulose microfibers are contained in the toothed belt main body, and the content thereof is 0 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass and 25 parts by mass. In Example 6-1 to Example 6-4 and Example 6-11 to Example 6-12, the amount of mass change was 3.9%, 3.7%, 3.1%, 2.8%, 1.9%, and 1.5%. That is, it can be seen from this that within the scope of this example, as the content of cellulose ultrafine fibers increases, the amount of mass change becomes smaller and the oil resistance improves.

另外,在齿形带主体的纤维素超细纤维的含量同为10质量份的实施例6-4~实施例6-10中,橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量分别为0质量份、1质量份、3质量份、5质量份、10质量份、15质量份以及25质量份,与之对应,质量变化量依次为2.8%、2.8%、2.7%、2.6%、2.3%、2.2%以及2.1%。即,由此可知,随着橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量增加,质量变化率变小,耐油性提高。In addition, in Examples 6-4 to 6-10 in which the content of cellulose microfibers in the toothed belt body is the same as 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is 0, respectively. Parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass and 25 parts by mass, corresponding to them, the mass changes are 2.8%, 2.8%, 2.7%, 2.6%, 2.3% , 2.2% and 2.1%. That is, it can be seen from this that as the content of cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, the rate of mass change becomes smaller and the oil resistance improves.

另外,仅在橡胶糊粘合层中含有10质量份的纤维素超细纤维的实施例6-13中,质量变化率为4.3%,相对于比较例6的4.4%稍有抑制。在齿形带主体的纤维素超细纤维的含量为10质量份的实施例6-8的情况下,橡胶糊粘合层的纤维素超细纤维的含量与实施例6-13相同,但是,质量变化率为2.3%。In addition, only in Examples 6-13 in which 10 parts by mass of cellulose microfibers were contained in the rubber paste adhesive layer, the rate of mass change was 4.3%, which was slightly suppressed from 4.4% in Comparative Example 6. In the case of Example 6-8 in which the content of the cellulose microfiber in the toothed belt main body was 10 parts by mass, the content of the cellulose microfiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer was the same as in Example 6-13, however, The mass change rate was 2.3%.

由此可知,通过在齿形带主体中含有纤维素类超细纤维,能够提高耐油性,仅在齿部侧加强布的橡胶糊粘合层中含有纤维素超细纤维的情况下,虽然效果较小,但也可以提高耐油性。另外,可以看出,在齿形带主体以及橡胶糊粘合层均含有纤维素超细纤维的情况下,能够显著提高耐油性。From this, it can be seen that the oil resistance can be improved by including cellulose microfibers in the main body of the toothed belt. However, only the cellulose microfibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer of the tooth side reinforcement cloth have no effect. Smaller, but also improves oil resistance. In addition, it can be seen that when both the toothed belt main body and the rubber paste adhesive layer contain cellulose microfibers, the oil resistance can be significantly improved.

工业实用性Industrial Applicability

本发明对于用于传动的带是有用的。The invention is useful for belts used in transmissions.

Claims (13)

1.一种传动带,所述传动带卷绕在带轮上而传递动力,其特征在于,1. A transmission belt that is wound on pulleys to transmit power, characterized in that, 所述传动带具有由橡胶组合物构成的层,所述橡胶组合物含有纤维素类超细纤维以及平均直径为1μm以上的短纤维。The transmission belt has a layer made of a rubber composition containing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers and short fibers having an average diameter of 1 μm or more. 2.根据权利要求1所述的传动带,其特征在于,2. The transmission belt according to claim 1, characterized in that, 所述纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的分布范围包含20~500nm。The distribution range of the fiber diameter of the cellulose ultrafine fiber includes 20-500 nm. 3.根据权利要求1或2所述的传动带,其特征在于,3. Drive belt according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, 所述橡胶组合物中未配合炭黑。Carbon black was not blended in the rubber composition. 4.根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,4. A drive belt according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that 所述纤维素类超细纤维通过机械解纤方法而制造。The cellulose-based microfibers are produced by a mechanical defibration method. 5.根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,5. A drive belt according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that 所述纤维素类超细纤维通过化学解纤方法而制造。The cellulose-based microfibers are produced by a chemical defibrating method. 6.根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,6. A drive belt according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that 所述纤维素类超细纤维的纤维直径的分布范围包含50~500nm。The distribution range of the fiber diameter of the cellulose ultrafine fiber includes 50-500 nm. 7.根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,7. A drive belt according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that 相对于100质量份的所述橡胶组合物的橡胶成分,所述纤维素类超细纤维的含量为1~25质量份。The content of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers is 1 to 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. 8.根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,8. A drive belt according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that 所述橡胶组合物含有纤维直径为10μm以上的短纤维。The rubber composition contains short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more. 9.根据权利要求8所述的传动带,其特征在于,9. The power transmission belt of claim 8, wherein: 所述短纤维相对于100质量份的所述橡胶组合物的橡胶成分的含量多于所述纤维素类超细纤维相对于100质量份的所述橡胶组合物的橡胶成分的含量。The content of the short fibers relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition is greater than the content of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. 10.根据权利要求1~9中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,10. The power transmission belt according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that, 所述传动带是齿形带,具备齿形带主体以及齿部侧加强布,The transmission belt is a toothed belt, and includes a toothed belt main body and a tooth side reinforcement cloth, 所述齿形带主体具有平带状的基部以及在所述基部的一个侧面沿带长方向隔开间隔一体设置的多个齿部,The toothed belt main body has a flat belt-shaped base and a plurality of teeth integrally arranged at intervals along the belt length direction on one side of the base, 所述齿部侧加强布通过包含橡胶成分的粘合层以覆盖齿部侧表面的方式贴设于所述齿形带主体,The tooth side reinforcement cloth is attached to the toothed belt main body so as to cover the tooth side surface through an adhesive layer containing a rubber component, 所述基部、所述齿部以及所述粘合层中的至少一个由含有纤维素类超细纤维以及平均直径为1μm以上的短纤维的所述橡胶组合物形成。At least one of the base portion, the tooth portion, and the adhesive layer is formed of the rubber composition containing cellulose-based ultrafine fibers and short fibers having an average diameter of 1 μm or more. 11.根据权利要求10所述的传动带,其特征在于,11. The power transmission belt of claim 10, wherein: 相对于100质量份的橡胶成分,所述橡胶组合物中的所述纤维素类超细纤维的含量为1~30质量份。The content of the cellulose-based ultrafine fibers in the rubber composition is 1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. 12.根据权利要求10或11所述的传动带,其特征在于,12. A drive belt according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that, 形成所述齿形带主体的橡胶组合物的橡胶成分包含氢化丙烯腈橡胶。The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the main body of the toothed belt contains hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber. 13.根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的传动带,其特征在于,13. A drive belt as claimed in any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that 所述粘合层中包含的橡胶成分包含氢化丙烯腈橡胶以及不饱和羧酸金属盐强化的氢化丙烯腈橡胶。The rubber component included in the adhesive layer includes hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber and hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with a metal salt of an unsaturated carboxylic acid.
CN201680023463.7A 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Transmission belt Active CN107532681B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015089615A JP6529323B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2015-04-24 Toothed belt
JP2015-089615 2015-04-24
JP2015090123A JP6527009B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2015-04-27 Transmission belt
JP2015-090123 2015-04-27
JP2015-092256 2015-04-28
JP2015092256A JP6529327B2 (en) 2015-04-28 2015-04-28 Transmission belt
PCT/JP2016/002147 WO2016170795A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Transmission belt

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN107532681A true CN107532681A (en) 2018-01-02
CN107532681B CN107532681B (en) 2020-11-06

Family

ID=57143512

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201680023463.7A Active CN107532681B (en) 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Transmission belt

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107532681B (en)
WO (1) WO2016170795A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113906241A (en) * 2019-06-07 2022-01-07 阪东化学株式会社 Transmission belt
US11835111B2 (en) 2019-06-07 2023-12-05 Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. Transmission belt

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110770469B (en) * 2017-06-19 2020-09-11 阪东化学株式会社 Transmission belt
JP6427302B1 (en) * 2017-06-19 2018-11-21 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1480660A (en) * 2001-09-06 2004-03-10 ��������̥��˾ Power driving belt
JP2004125012A (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-22 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd Power transmission belt
CN102844172A (en) * 2010-04-12 2012-12-26 康蒂泰克驱动系统有限公司 Pah-free drive belt, in particular toothed belt
CN103075464A (en) * 2012-12-05 2013-05-01 宁波丰茂远东橡胶有限公司 Automobile timing driving belt for oil immersion
JP2014167347A (en) * 2013-01-30 2014-09-11 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd Friction transmission belt
WO2014147948A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 バンドー化学株式会社 Friction transmission belt

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1480660A (en) * 2001-09-06 2004-03-10 ��������̥��˾ Power driving belt
JP2004125012A (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-22 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd Power transmission belt
CN102844172A (en) * 2010-04-12 2012-12-26 康蒂泰克驱动系统有限公司 Pah-free drive belt, in particular toothed belt
CN103075464A (en) * 2012-12-05 2013-05-01 宁波丰茂远东橡胶有限公司 Automobile timing driving belt for oil immersion
JP2014167347A (en) * 2013-01-30 2014-09-11 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd Friction transmission belt
US20150369335A1 (en) * 2013-01-30 2015-12-24 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd. Frictional Power Transmission Belt
WO2014147948A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 バンドー化学株式会社 Friction transmission belt
US20160010722A1 (en) * 2013-03-21 2016-01-14 Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. Friction transmission belt

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113906241A (en) * 2019-06-07 2022-01-07 阪东化学株式会社 Transmission belt
CN113906241B (en) * 2019-06-07 2022-07-12 阪东化学株式会社 Transmission belt
US11835111B2 (en) 2019-06-07 2023-12-05 Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. Transmission belt
TWI838535B (en) * 2019-06-07 2024-04-11 日商阪東化學股份有限公司 Transmission belt

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2016170795A1 (en) 2016-10-27
CN107532681B (en) 2020-11-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102165523B1 (en) V-belt and production method therefor
CN107531955A (en) Rubber composition, transmission belt and its manufacture method
JP6192641B2 (en) Transmission belt
KR101927274B1 (en) Power transmission belt
KR101598509B1 (en) Friction transmission belt
JP6529327B2 (en) Transmission belt
US10746257B2 (en) Transmission belt
US20120058849A1 (en) Friction drive belt and manufacturing method thereof
CN107532681B (en) Transmission belt
WO2017033392A1 (en) Friction transmission belt
KR20220125679A (en) V-ribbed belt
JP2010276127A (en) V-ribbed belt
JPWO2016194371A1 (en) Transmission belt
JP6529323B2 (en) Toothed belt
JP6746818B1 (en) V-ribbed belt, method for producing the same, and rubber composition
JP6918047B2 (en) Transmission belt
KR102745454B1 (en) Friction transmission belt
JP6527009B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP2023171441A (en) Rubber composition, method for producing the same, and power transmission belt
JP6082853B1 (en) Friction transmission belt
JP2010169215A (en) Frictional transmission belt
JP6539099B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP2007262147A (en) Rubber composition and transmission belt
JP2006077785A (en) Power transmission belt
JP2017082914A (en) belt

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant